81_FR_43257 81 FR 43130 - Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition

81 FR 43130 - Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 127 (July 1, 2016)

Page Range43130-43154
FR Document2016-15674

We are proposing amendments to the definition of ``smaller reporting company'' as used in our rules and regulations. The proposed amendments, which would expand the number of registrants that qualify as smaller reporting companies, are intended to promote capital formation and reduce compliance costs for smaller registrants, while maintaining investor protections. Registrants with less than $250 million in public float would qualify, as would registrants with zero public float if their revenues were below $100 million in the previous year.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 127 (Friday, July 1, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 127 (Friday, July 1, 2016)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 43130-43154]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-15674]


=======================================================================
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

17 CFR Parts 229, 230, and 240

[Release No. 33-10107; 34-78168; File No. S7-12-16]
RIN 3235-AL90


Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition

AGENCY: Securities and Exchange Commission.

ACTION: Proposed rule.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: We are proposing amendments to the definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' as used in our rules and regulations. The proposed 
amendments, which would expand the number of registrants that qualify 
as smaller reporting companies, are intended to promote capital 
formation and reduce compliance costs for smaller registrants, while 
maintaining investor protections. Registrants with less than $250 
million in public float would qualify, as would registrants with zero 
public float if their revenues were below $100 million in the previous 
year.

DATES: Comments should be received on or before August 30, 2016.

ADDRESSES: Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:

Electronic Comments

     Use the Commission's Internet comment form (http://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed.shtml);
     Send an email to [email protected]. Please include 
File No. S7-12-16 on the subject line; or
     Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal (http://www.regulations.gov). Follow the instructions for submitting comments.

Paper Comments

     Send paper comments to Secretary, Securities and Exchange 
Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.

All submissions should refer to File Number S7-12-16. To help us 
process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one 
method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's Web 
site (http://www.sec.gov/rules/proposed.shtml). Comments are also 
available for Web site viewing and printing in the Commission's Public 
Reference Room, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549, on official 
business days between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. All 
comments received will be posted without change; the Commission does 
not edit personal identifying information from submissions. You should 
submit only information that you wish to make available publicly.
    Studies, memoranda, or other substantive items may be added by the 
Commission or staff to the comment file during this rulemaking. A 
notification of the inclusion in the comment file of any such materials 
will be made available on the Commission's Web site. To ensure direct 
electronic receipt of such notifications, sign up through the ``Stay 
Connected'' option at www.sec.gov to receive notifications by email.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Amy Reischauer, Special Counsel, 
Office of Small Business Policy, Division of Corporation Finance, at 
(202) 551-3460, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street 
NE., Washington, DC 20549-3628.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: We are proposing amendments to Rule 405 \1\ 
under the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act),\2\ Rule 12b-2 \3\ 
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) \4\ and Item 
10(f) \5\ of Regulation S-K.\6\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \1\ 17 CFR 230.405.
    \2\ 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
    \3\ 17 CFR 240.12b-2.
    \4\ 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.
    \5\ 17 CFR 229.10(f).
    \6\ 17 CFR 229.10 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Table of Contents

I. Introduction
II. Proposed Amendments
    A. Rationale for Proposed Amendments
    B. Proposed Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition
    1. Public Float Thresholds
    2. Revenue Thresholds
    C. Proposed Amendments to Accelerated Filer and Large 
Accelerated Filer Definitions
    D. Request for Comment
III. Economic Analysis
    A. Baseline and Potential Affected Parties
    B. Potential Economic Effects
    1. Introduction
    2. Estimation of Potential Costs and Benefits
    3. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse Selection
    4. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation
    C. Possible Alternatives
    D. Request for Comment
IV. Paperwork Reduction Act
    A. Background
    B. Summary of Information Collections

[[Page 43131]]

    C. Burden and Cost Estimates
    1. Form 10-K
    2. Form 10-Q
    3. Schedule 14A
    4. Schedule 14C
    5. Form 10
    6. Form S-1
    7. Form S-3
    8. Form S-4
    9. Form S-11
    D. Request for Comment
V. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
    A. Reasons for, and Objectives of, the Action
    B. Legal Basis
    C. Small Entities Subject to the Proposed Amendments
    D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other Compliance 
Requirements
    E. Overlapping or Conflicting Federal Rules
    F. Significant Alternatives
    G. General Request for Comment
VI. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
VII. Statutory Basis and Text of Proposed Rules

I. Introduction

    Over the years, the Commission has sought to promote capital 
formation and reduce compliance costs for smaller registrants while 
maintaining investor protections.\7\ Our disclosure system provides 
accommodations in the form of scaled disclosure requirements for 
certain categories of smaller registrants in an attempt to further 
these goals.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \7\ See, e.g., Simplified Registration and Reporting 
Requirements for Small Issuers, Release No. 33-6049 (Apr. 3, 1979) 
[44 FR 21562 (Apr. 10, 1979)] (Form S-18 Release); Small Business 
Initiatives, Release No. 33-6924 (Mar. 11, 1992) [57 FR 9768 (Mar. 
20, 1992)].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Smaller reporting companies are one category of registrants 
eligible for scaled disclosure.\8\ The Commission established the 
smaller reporting company category of registrants in 2007 in an effort 
to provide general regulatory relief for smaller registrants.\9\ The 
smaller reporting company definition replaced the ``small business 
issuer'' definition in former Regulation S-B. The Commission created 
Regulation S-B, a small business integrated registration and reporting 
system, in 1992 as part of a larger effort to facilitate small business 
capital formation and reduce the compliance burdens placed on small 
registrants by the federal securities laws.\10\ Regulation S-B was 
specifically tailored to small business issuers, which were issuers 
with both annual revenues and public floats of less than $25 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \8\ In 2012, Title I of the JOBS Act created a new category of 
registrant called an ``emerging growth company.'' Pub. L. 112-106, 
Secs. 102-104, 126 Stat. 306 (2012). Emerging growth companies 
(EGCs) also are eligible for a variety of accommodations, including 
certain of the scaled disclosure accommodations available to smaller 
reporting companies, such as the scaled executive compensation 
disclosures under Item 402(l) through (r) of Regulation S-K. In 
addition, EGCs are exempt from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b) 
auditor attestation of internal control over financial reporting. 
For a discussion of scaled disclosure accommodations available to 
EGCs, see Business and Financial Disclosure Required by Regulation 
S-K, Release No. 33-10064 (Apr. 13, 2016) [81 FR 23915 (April 22, 
2016)] (Regulation S-K Concept Release).
    A registrant qualifies as an EGC if it did not complete its 
first registered sale of common equity securities on or before 
December 8, 2011 and has total annual gross revenues of less than $1 
billion during its most recently completed fiscal year.
    \9\ Smaller Reporting Company Regulatory Relief and 
Simplification, Release No. 33-8876 (Dec. 19, 2007) [73 FR 934 (Jan. 
4, 2008)] (Smaller Reporting Company Adopting Release).
    \10\ Small Business Initiatives, Release No. 33-6949 (July 30, 
1992) [57 FR 36442 (Aug. 13, 1992)]. The Commission rescinded 
Regulation S-B when it established the smaller reporting company 
definition. Regulation S-B was modeled after former Form S-18, which 
allowed issuers that were not subject to the Commission's reporting 
requirements to raise limited amounts of capital without immediately 
incurring the full range of disclosure and reporting obligations 
required of other issuers. See Form S-18 Release. While Form S-18 
was intended to facilitate small business access to public capital 
markets, eligibility to use the form was based on offering size, not 
issuer size. The Commission rescinded Form S-18 when it adopted 
Regulation S-B.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Smaller reporting company is defined in Securities Act Rule 405, 
Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 and Item 10(f) of Regulation S-K. 
Substantively, the three definitions are identical. Smaller reporting 
companies generally \11\ are registrants with:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \11\ The smaller reporting company definition specifically 
excludes investment companies, asset-backed issuers (as defined in 
Item 1101 of Regulation AB [17 CFR 229.1101]) and majority-owned 
subsidiaries of a parent that is not a smaller reporting company. 
Lower public float and revenue thresholds apply to registrants that 
determined that they did not qualify as smaller reporting companies 
in the prior year, but are eligible to transition to smaller 
reporting company status. Specifically, these registrants would 
qualify as smaller reporting companies if their public float was 
less than $50 million as of the last business day of their most 
recently completed second fiscal quarter or they had zero public 
float as of such date and revenues of less than $40 million during 
the previous fiscal year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Less than $75 million in public float as of the last 
business day of their most recently completed second fiscal quarter; 
\12\ or
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \12\ Public float is computed by multiplying the aggregate 
worldwide number of shares of a registrant's voting and non-voting 
common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the 
common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked 
prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common 
equity. A registrant filing its initial registration statement under 
the Securities Act or Exchange Act calculates its public float by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting 
and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates before the 
registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act registration 
statement, the number of such shares included in the registration 
statement by the estimated public offering price of the shares. In 
contrast, market capitalization reflects the value of a registrant's 
voting and non-voting common equity held by all holders, whether 
affiliates or non-affiliates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     zero public float \13\ and annual revenues of less than 
$50 million during the most recently completed fiscal year for which 
audited financial statements are available.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \13\ A registrant may have zero public float because it has no 
public equity outstanding or no market price for its equity exists. 
Based on data compiled by the Commission's Division of Economic and 
Risk Analysis (DERA), in calendar year 2015, approximately 18 
percent of smaller reporting companies had no public float.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Smaller reporting companies may comply selectively with the scaled 
disclosures available to them on an item-by-item basis.\14\ The 
following table summarizes the scaled disclosure accommodations 
available to smaller reporting companies in Regulation S-K and 
Regulation S-X.\15\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \14\ See Smaller Reporting Company Adopting Release. Where a 
disclosure requirement applicable to smaller reporting companies is 
more stringent than the corresponding requirement for non-smaller 
reporting companies, however, smaller reporting companies must 
comply with the more stringent standard. The Smaller Reporting 
Company Adopting Release identified Item 404 of Regulation S-K [17 
CFR 229.404] as the only instance in Regulation S-K in which the 
disclosure requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies 
could be more stringent.
    \15\ 17 CFR 210.1-01 et seq.

 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Item                    Scaled disclosure accommodation
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Regulation S-K
------------------------------------------------------------------------
101--Description of Business......  May satisfy disclosure obligations
                                     by describing the development of
                                     its business during the last three
                                     years rather than five years.
                                     Business development description
                                     requirements are less detailed than
                                     disclosure requirements for non-
                                     smaller reporting companies.

[[Page 43132]]

 
201--Market Price of and Dividends  Stock performance graph not
 on the Registrant's Common Equity   required.
 and Related Stockholder Matters.
301--Selected Financial Data......  Not required.
302--Supplementary Financial        Not required.
 Information.
303--Management's Discussion and    Two-year MD&A comparison rather than
 Analysis of Financial Condition     three-year comparison.
 and Results of Operations (MD&A).
                                    Two-year discussion of impact of
                                     inflation and changes in prices
                                     rather than three years.
                                    Tabular disclosure of contractual
                                     obligations not required.
305--Quantitative and Qualitative   Not required.
 Disclosures About Market Risk.
402--Executive Compensation.......  Three named executive officers
                                     rather than five.
                                    Two years of summary compensation
                                     table information rather than
                                     three.
                                    Not required:
                                       Compensation discussion
                                    and analysis.
                                       Grants of plan-based
                                    awards table.
                                       Option exercises and
                                    stock vested table.
                                       Pension benefits table.
                                       Nonqualified deferred
                                    compensation table.
                                       Disclosure of
                                    compensation policies and practices
                                    related to risk management.
                                       Pay ratio disclosure.
404--Transactions With Related      Description of policies/procedures
 Persons, Promoters and Certain      for the review, approval or
 Control Persons \16\.               ratification of related party
                                     transactions not required.
407--Corporate Governance.........  Audit committee financial expert
                                     disclosure not required in first
                                     year.
                                    Compensation committee interlocks
                                     and insider participation
                                     disclosure not required.
                                    Compensation committee report not
                                     required.
503--Prospectus Summary, Risk       No ratio of earnings to fixed
 Factors and Ratio of Earnings to    charges disclosure required.
 Fixed Charges.
                                    No risk factors required in Exchange
                                     Act filings.
601--Exhibits.....................  Statements regarding computation of
                                     ratios not required.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             Regulation S-X
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rule                                          Scaled Disclosure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
8-02--Annual Financial Statements.  Two years of income statements
                                     rather than three years.
                                    Two years of cash flow statements
                                     rather than three years.
                                    Two years of changes in
                                     stockholders' equity statements
                                     rather than three years.
8-03--Interim Financial Statements  Permits certain historical financial
                                     data in lieu of separate historical
                                     financial statements of equity
                                     investees.
8-04--Financial Statements of       Maximum of two years of acquiree
 Businesses Acquired or to Be        financial statements rather than
 Acquired.                           three years.
8-05--Pro forma Financial           Fewer circumstances under which pro
 Information.                        forma financial statements are
                                     required.
8-06--Real Estate Operations        Maximum of two years of financial
 Acquired or to Be Acquired.         statements for acquisition of
                                     properties from related parties
                                     rather than three years.
8-08--Age of Financial Statements.  Less stringent age of financial
                                     statements requirements.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

     
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \16\ Item 404 also contains the following expanded disclosure 
requirements applicable to smaller reporting companies: (1) Rather 
than a flat $120,000 disclosure threshold, the threshold is the 
lesser of $120,000 or 1% of total assets, (2) disclosures are 
required about parents and underwriting discounts and commissions 
where a related person is a principal underwriter or a controlling 
person or member of a firm that was or is going to be a principal 
underwriter, and (3) an additional year of Item 404 disclosure is 
required in filings other than registration statements.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

II. Proposed Amendments

A. Rationale for Proposed Amendments

    The Commission seeks to promote capital formation and reduce 
compliance costs for smaller registrants while maintaining investor 
protections.\17\ Raising the financial thresholds in the smaller 
reporting company definition attempts to further these goals by 
expanding the number of smaller registrants that are eligible to 
deliver scaled disclosure to their investors. Doing so also would 
address several recommendations made to us multiple times by our 
Advisory Committee on Small and Emerging Companies (ACSEC) \18\ and the 
SEC Government-Business Forum on Small Business Capital Formation 
(Small Business Forum),\19\ as well as comments

[[Page 43133]]

from small registrants, Congress and others.\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \17\ See note 7.
    \18\ The Commission established the ACSEC in 2011 with the 
objective of providing the Commission with advice on its rules, 
regulations and policies with regard to its mission of protecting 
investors, maintaining fair, orderly and efficient markets and 
facilitating capital formation, as they relate to: (1) Capital 
raising by emerging privately-held small businesses (emerging 
companies) and publicly traded companies with less than $250 million 
in public market capitalization (smaller public companies) through 
securities offerings, including private and limited offerings and 
initial and other public offerings; (2) trading in the securities of 
emerging companies and smaller public companies; and (3) public 
reporting and corporate governance requirements of emerging 
companies and smaller public companies. See Advisory Committee on 
Small and Emerging Companies Charter (Sept. 24, 2015); Advisory 
Committee on Small and Emerging Companies, Release No. 33-9258 
(Sept. 12, 2011) [76 FR 57769 (Sept. 16, 2011)]. The Commission's 
Investor Advisory Committee has not provided the Commission with a 
recommendation regarding the smaller reporting company definition.
    \19\ The Small Business Investment Incentive Act of 1980 
directed the Commission to conduct an annual government-business 
forum to undertake an ongoing review of the financing problems of 
small businesses.
    15 U.S.C. 80c-1. The Small Business Forum has met annually since 
1982 to provide a platform to highlight perceived unnecessary 
impediments to small business capital formation and address whether 
they can be eliminated or reduced. Each forum seeks to develop 
recommendations for government and private action to improve the 
environment for small business capital formation, consistent with 
other public policy goals, including investor protection. 
Information about the Small Business Forum is available at http://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/sbforum.shtml.
    \20\ See letters from the UK Financial Report Council (Mar. 10, 
2015) (UK Financial), Biotechnology Industry Organization (July 14, 
2015) (BIO), and Standards & Financial Market Integrity Division, 
CFA Institute (Nov. 12, 2014) (CFA Institute). For a discussion of 
these comments see notes 25 through 30 and related text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Advisory Committee on Small and Emerging Companies. In September 
2015 and March 2013, the ACSEC recommended revising the smaller 
reporting company definition to include registrants with a public float 
of up to $250 million.\21\ The 2013 ACSEC Recommendations also included 
a recommendation to revise the smaller reporting company definition for 
registrants that are unable to calculate their public float to include 
registrants with less than $100 million in annual revenues.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \21\ ACSEC Recommendations about Expanding Simplified Disclosure 
for Smaller Issuers (Sept. 23, 2015) (2015 ACSEC Recommendations), 
available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-recommendations-expanding-simplified-disclosure-for-smaller-issuers.pdf and ACSEC Recommendations Regarding Disclosure and Other 
Requirements for Smaller Public Companies (Feb. 1, 2013) (2013 ACSEC 
Recommendations), available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-recommendation-032113-smaller-public-co-ltr.pdf. Both of 
these recommendations also included a recommendation that the 
Commission revise the ``accelerated filer'' definition to include 
companies with a public float of $250 million or more, but less than 
$700 million. The accelerated filer definition currently includes 
companies with a public float of $75 million or more, but less than 
$700 million. Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. If these recommendations were 
implemented, non-EGC registrants with public floats between $75 
million and $250 million would not be required to provide an auditor 
attestation report under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 
2002 (Pub. L. 107-204, 1116 Stat. 745 (2002) (Sarbanes-Oxley Act)). 
See Section II.C for a discussion of the accelerated filer 
definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Small Business Forum. The 2015 Small Business Forum recommended 
that the smaller reporting company definition be revised to include 
registrants with a public float of less than $250 million or 
registrants with a public float of less than $700 million and annual 
revenues of less than $100 million.\22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \22\ Final Report of the 2015 SEC Government Business Forum on 
Small Business Capital Formation (Apr. 2016) (2015 Small Business 
Forum Recommendations), available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/gbfor34.pdf. The 2014, 2013, 2012, 2010 and 2009 Small 
Business Forums made the same or similar recommendations (Prior 
Small Business Forum Recommendations). Final Small Business Forum 
reports are available at https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/sbforumreps.htm.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Regulation S-K Study. Section 108 of the Jumpstart Our Business 
Startups Act (JOBS Act) \23\ required the Commission to conduct a 
review of Regulation S-K and to transmit to Congress a report of the 
review. In December 2013, the Commission published a staff report on 
the review of the disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K (S-K 
Study).\24\ The S-K Study recommended consideration of the criteria 
used to determine eligibility for scaling of disclosure requirements, 
including the definitional thresholds for smaller reporting companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \23\ Pub. L. 112-106, 126 Stat. 306 (2012).
    \24\ Report on Review of Disclosure Requirements in Regulation 
S-K (Dec. 2013), available at https://www.sec.gov/news/studies/2013/reg-sk-disclosure-requirements-review.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative Comments. The Commission staff 
currently is undertaking a broad-based review of our disclosure 
requirements, known as the Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative.\25\ As 
part of the Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative, the staff requested 
public input generally on how our disclosure system could be improved 
and, while the staff did not ask specifically for comment on smaller 
reporting companies, it received some comments on the smaller reporting 
company definition and scaled disclosure requirements available to 
smaller reporting companies.\26\ Only three commenters addressed the 
smaller reporting company definition or the general concept of scaling 
disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies.\27\ One of 
these commenters generally supported scaled disclosure requirements, 
noting that smaller companies face challenges when preparing annual 
reports.\28\ Another of these commenters suggested that overreliance on 
public float to define smaller reporting companies creates a compliance 
burden for registrants with high valuations that otherwise would be 
considered small.\29\ This commenter recommended revising the smaller 
reporting company definition to include registrants with a public float 
below $250 million or annual revenues below $100 million regardless of 
public float to avoid grouping ``highly valued'' registrants with 
little or no revenue with larger registrants. The third commenter 
expressed concerns with a differential disclosure regime for different 
sized entities, stating that ``investors will factor the differences 
(i.e., they will price the lack of transparency, clarity and 
comparability in what may be perceived to be lower-quality 
requirements) into their price determinations.'' \30\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \25\ See Disclosure Effectiveness, available at https://www.sec.gov/spotlight/disclosure-effectiveness.shtml.
    \26\ Comment letters related to this request are available at 
https://www.sec.gov/comments/disclosure-effectiveness/disclosureeffectiveness.shtml.
    \27\ Other commenters commented on the placement of scaled 
disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K and on the scaled 
disclosure requirements available to EGCs. For a discussion of these 
comments, see Section IV.H of the S-K Concept Release. For purposes 
of this proposal, we focus on comments relevant to the smaller 
reporting company definition.
    \28\ See letter from UK Financial.
    \29\ See letter from BIO.
    \30\ See letter from CFA Institute.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    FAST Act. The Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act of 
2015 \31\ requires the Commission to revise Regulation S-K to further 
scale or eliminate disclosure requirements to reduce the burden on a 
variety of smaller registrants, including smaller reporting companies, 
while still providing all material information to investors.\32\ 
Because a number of Regulation S-K items already provide scaled 
disclosure requirements for smaller reporting companies, raising the 
financial thresholds in the smaller reporting company definition would 
be responsive to the FAST Act because it would reduce the burden on 
smaller registrants by increasing the number of registrants eligible 
for scaled disclosure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \31\ Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015).
    \32\ Specifically, FAST Act Sec.  72002 requires the Commission 
within 180 days of enactment ``to take all such actions to revise 
[R]egulation S-K . . . to further scale or eliminate requirements of 
[R]egulation S-K, in order to reduce the burden on emerging growth 
companies, accelerated filers, smaller reporting companies, and 
other smaller issuers, while still providing all material 
information to investors.'' The FAST Act also requires the 
Commission to carry out a study to determine how best to modernize 
and simplify the disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K in 
consultation with the Investor Advisory Committee and the Advisory 
Committee on Small and Emerging Companies, to issue a report of 
findings and recommendations to Congress, and to propose revisions 
to those requirements. Pub. L. 114-94, Sec. 72003, 129 Stat. 1312 
(2015).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Although the proposed amendments would permit a broader group of 
registrants to make scaled disclosure to their investors, we do not 
believe that the scaled disclosure would significantly alter the total 
mix of information available about these registrants. We believe the 
existing scaled disclosure requirements benefit the current pool of 
smaller reporting companies, but we are requesting comment on how an 
extension of scaled disclosure requirements to a proposed broader pool 
of registrants could affect investors' access to material information 
about registrants. We further believe that the Commission should 
periodically re-evaluate whether the

[[Page 43134]]

definition of smaller reporting company remains appropriate. Under our 
proposed amendments, the additional registrants that would qualify for 
scaled disclosure would remain subject to liability for their 
disclosures and, in addition to the information expressly required to 
be included by the rules, would be required to provide such further 
material information, if any, as may be necessary to make any required 
statements, in the light of the circumstances under which they are 
made, not misleading.\33\ In addition, their disclosure would be 
subject to the same review that they currently receive as part of the 
Division of Corporation Finance's review process. These measures of 
investor protection would remain unchanged under the proposed 
amendments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \33\ See Securities Act Rule 408 [17 CFR 230.408] and Exchange 
Act Rule 12b-20 [17 CFR 240.12b-20].
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Although the proposed amendments would not affect the existing 
scaled disclosure requirements in Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X, we 
are considering our approach to scaled disclosure generally in 
connection with the Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative. To that end, 
in April 2016, we issued the Regulation S-K Concept Release in which we 
considered and sought comment on other aspects of our scaled disclosure 
system, including categories of registrants eligible for scaled 
disclosure, whether we should exclude certain types of registrants from 
the use of scaled disclosure, and whether and how we should scale our 
disclosure requirements. Comments received on the Regulation S-K 
Concept Release will help to inform any further consideration of 
changes to the scaled disclosure system or other changes in connection 
with the Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative.

B. Proposed Amendments to Smaller Reporting Company Definition

    We are proposing amendments to the smaller reporting company 
definition to expand the number of registrants that qualify as smaller 
reporting companies and thereby benefit from scaled disclosure 
requirements. In addition, we are proposing amendments to the 
``accelerated filer'' and ``large accelerated filer'' definitions in 
Exchange Act Rule 12b-2 to preserve the application of the current 
thresholds contained in those definitions.\34\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \34\ The definitions of accelerated filer and large accelerated 
filer are based on public float, but contain a provision excluding 
registrants that are eligible to use the smaller reporting company 
requirements in Regulation S-K for their annual and quarterly 
reports. As a result, raising the smaller reporting company public 
float threshold without eliminating that provision effectively would 
raise the accelerated filer public float threshold. See Section II.C 
for a discussion of the proposed amendments to the accelerated filer 
and large accelerated filer definitions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    When considering potential new thresholds for the public float and 
revenue calculations, we determined that solely adjusting those 
thresholds for inflation would not meaningfully reduce the burdens on 
smaller registrants because it would have a small impact on the number 
of additional registrants that would qualify as smaller reporting 
companies. If adjusted for inflation, the $75 million public float 
threshold set in 2007 would be equivalent to $85.7 million, and the $50 
million revenue threshold set in 2007 would be equivalent to $57.2 
million.\35\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \35\ The inflation adjustment was performed using the CPI 
calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl). For further discussion of the impact of 
adjusting the thresholds solely for inflation, including the number 
of additional registrants that would be eligible for smaller 
reporting company status, see note 99 and related text.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We also considered that EGCs, many of which have larger public 
floats and revenues than smaller reporting companies, are eligible for 
a variety of accommodations, including certain scaled disclosure 
accommodations. The EGC accommodations, however, are time-limited for 
equity issuers, as they phase out generally by the fifth anniversary of 
the first registered sale of common equity securities of the 
registrant.\36\ Because smaller reporting company status is not time-
limited and could extend indefinitely depending on the company's 
growth, we believe that the new smaller reporting company thresholds 
should be lower than the thresholds to qualify as an EGC, which this 
proposal would maintain.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \36\ A registrant retains EGC status until the earliest of: (1) 
The last day of its fiscal year during which its total annual gross 
revenues are $1 billion or more; (2) the date it is deemed to be a 
large accelerated filer under the Commission's rules; (3) the date 
on which it has issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt 
in the previous three years; or (4) the last day of the fiscal year 
following the fifth anniversary of the first registered sale of 
common equity securities of the registrant. Pub. L. 112-106, Sec. 
101, 126 Stat. 306 (2012); 15 U.S.C. 77b(a)(19); 15 U.S.C. 
78c(a)(80). In addition, the FAST Act amended Securities Act Section 
6(e)(1) [15 U.S.C. 77 f(e)(1)] to provide a grace period for EGCs at 
risk of losing such status after the initial filing or confidential 
submission of their initial public offering (IPO) registration 
statement but before the IPO is completed. Such registrants shall 
continue to be treated as an EGC through the earlier of the 
consummation of the IPO or one year after they would otherwise cease 
to be an EGC. See Pub. L. 114-94, Sec. 71002, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The smaller reporting company thresholds we are proposing today are 
consistent with those recommended by the ACSEC and the Small Business 
Forum, although they would be more limited in some respects.\37\ These 
amendments use the same criteria of public float and revenues to 
determine smaller reporting company status that the Commission adopted 
in 2007. We are, however, seeking comment on whether we should use 
other criteria and, if so, what criteria we should consider.\38\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \37\ See 2015 ACSEC Recommendations; 2013 ACSEC Recommendations; 
2015 Small Business Forum Recommendations; Prior Small Business 
Forum Recommendations. See also note 21.
    \38\ For a discussion of alternative thresholds, see Section 
III.C.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the proposed definition, registrants \39\ with a public float 
of less than $250 million would qualify as smaller reporting 
companies.\40\ Consistent with the current definition, a reporting 
company would determine whether it qualifies as a smaller reporting 
company by calculating its public float as of the last business day of 
its most recently completed second fiscal quarter.\41\ Similarly, as 
with the current definition, a registrant filing its initial 
registration statement under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act 
would calculate its public float as of a date within 30 days of filing 
the registration statement.\42\ A registrant whose public float was 
zero would qualify as a smaller reporting company if it had annual 
revenues of less than $100 million during its most recently completed 
fiscal year.\43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \39\ The proposed amendments would not change the types of 
registrants that are eligible to qualify as smaller reporting 
companies. See note 11.
    \40\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of Regulation S-K; 
Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \41\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(i) of Regulation S-K; Proposed 
Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \42\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(ii) of Regulation S-K; Proposed 
Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \43\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(iii) of Regulation S-K; Proposed 
Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. A 
registrant may have zero public float if it has no public equity 
outstanding or no market price for its public equity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the proposed definition, a registrant that determines that it 
does not qualify as a smaller reporting company will remain unqualified 
unless and until it determines that its public float was less than $200 
million as of the last business day of its most recently completed 
second fiscal quarter.\44\ If such a registrant's public float was 
zero, it would remain unqualified unless and until it had annual 
revenues of less than $80 million during its previous fiscal year.\45\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \44\ See Proposed Item 10(f)(2)(iii) of Regulation S-K; Proposed 
Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b-2.
    \45\ See id.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 43135]]

    The following table summarizes the proposed amendments to the 
smaller reporting company definition.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Registrant category       Current definition    Proposed definition
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reporting Registrant........  Less than $75         Less than $250
                               million of public     million of public
                               float at end of       float at end of
                               second fiscal         second fiscal
                               quarter.              quarter.
Registrant Filing Initial     Less than $75         Less than $250
 Registration Statement.       million of public     million of public
                               float within 30       float within 30
                               days of filing.       days of filing.
Registrant with Zero Public   Less than $50         Less than $100
 Float.                        million of revenues   million of revenues
                               in most recent        in most recent
                               fiscal year.          fiscal year.
Non-Smaller Reporting         Less than $50         Less than $200
 Company that Seeks to         million of public     million of public
 Qualify as a Smaller          float at end of       float at end of
 Reporting Company Based on    second fiscal         second fiscal
 Public Float.                 quarter.              quarter.
Non-Smaller Reporting         Less than $40         Less than $80
 Company with Zero Public      million of revenues   million of revenues
 Float that Seeks to Qualify   in most recent        in most recent
 as a Smaller Reporting        fiscal year.          fiscal year.
 Company.
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Empirical analysis conducted by the Commission's Division of 
Economic and Risk Analysis (DERA) suggests that scaled disclosures may 
generate a modest, but statistically significant, amount of cost 
savings in terms of the reduction in compliance costs for most of the 
newly eligible smaller reporting companies under the proposed 
amendments, a modest, but statistically significant, deterioration in 
some of the proxies used to assess the overall quality of information 
environment, and a muted effect on the growth of the registrant's 
capital investments, investments in research and development (R&D) and 
assets.\46\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \46\ For a discussion of DERA's empirical analysis, see Section 
III.B.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Public Float Thresholds
    In 2015, approximately 32% of registrants had less than $75 million 
in public float,\47\ compared to approximately 42% of registrants when 
the smaller reporting company was established.\48\ The decrease in the 
size of the pool of registrants that qualify as smaller reporting 
companies has limited the benefits of scaled reporting to a smaller 
percentage of registrants than under the original definition. If 
adopted as proposed, increasing the public float threshold to $250 
million would result in approximately 42% of registrants qualifying as 
smaller reporting companies based on their public float.\49\ As is the 
case with the current definition, we believe that once a registrant 
determines that it does not qualify as a smaller reporting company,\50\ 
it should not qualify until its public float falls below another, lower 
threshold. This definitional structure helps to avoid situations in 
which registrants enter and exit smaller reporting company status due 
to small fluctuations in their public float. Therefore, we propose 
increasing the public float threshold from $50 million to $200 million 
for registrants that determined that they did not qualify as smaller 
reporting companies and subsequently seek to qualify.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \47\ Based on public float values disclosed by registrants in 
their Form 10-K filings, 2,408, or 31.8%, of the 7,557 registrants 
that filed a Form 10-K in 2015 reported having a public float of 
less than $75 million.
    \48\ Approximately 4,976, or 41.8%, of the 11,898 registrants 
that filed Exchange Act annual reports in 2006 had a public float of 
less than $75 million. See Smaller Reporting Company Regulatory 
Relief and Simplification, Release No. 33-8819 (July 5, 2007) [72 FR 
39670 (July 19, 2007)]. The release cites data from the Commission's 
EDGAR filing system and Thomson Financial (Datastream). The 
Datastream data included all registered public firms trading on the 
New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq, 
the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board and the Pink Sheets and excluded 
closed end funds, exchange traded funds, American depositary 
receipts and direct foreign listings.
    \49\ Based on public float values disclosed by registrants in 
their Form 10-K filings, 3,159, or 41.8%, of the 7,557 registrants 
that filed a Form 10-K in 2015 reported having a public float of 
less than $250 million.
    \50\ Either upon an initial determination in the case of 
registrants filing an initial registration statement, or as of an 
annual determination in the case of reporting registrants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Revenue Thresholds
    In 2015, approximately 10% of registrants qualified as smaller 
reporting companies by having zero public float and less than $50 
million in annual revenues.\51\ The number of registrants that would 
qualify as smaller reporting companies would increase by 31, or less 
than 1%, if the annual revenue threshold were adopted as proposed and 
increased to $100 million.\52\ The threshold is consistent with 
thresholds recommended by the ACSEC and the Small Business Forum.\53\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \51\ 775, or 10.3%, of the 7,557 registrants that filed a Form 
10-K in 2015 reported having zero public float and less than $50 
million in annual revenues, based on public float values and 
revenues disclosed by registrants in their Form 10-K filings.
    \52\ Based on public float values and revenues disclosed by 
registrants in their Form 10-K filings, 31 of the 7,557 registrants 
that filed a Form 10-K in 2015 had zero public float and between $50 
million and $100 million in annual revenues.
    \53\ See 2015 Small Business Forum Recommendations; 2013 ACSEC 
Recommendations.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under the current definition, once a registrant determines that it 
does not qualify as a smaller reporting company,\54\ it cannot qualify 
based on revenues until its revenues fall below $40 million. As 
discussed above with respect to the public float thresholds, we believe 
having a separate, lower revenue threshold for these registrants helps 
to avoid situations in which registrants enter and exit smaller 
reporting company status due to small fluctuations in their revenues. 
Increasing the annual revenue threshold from $40 million to $80 million 
for registrants with zero public float that determined that they did 
not qualify as smaller reporting companies but subsequently seek to 
qualify would maintain the ratio that exists between the $50 million 
and $40 million thresholds in the current definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \54\ Either upon an initial determination in the case of 
registrants filing an initial registration statement, or as of an 
annual determination in the case of reporting registrants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We are not proposing, as recommended by one commenter on the 
Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative,\55\ to eliminate the public float 
criteria for registrants that meet these proposed revenue thresholds or 
any other revenue thresholds. When the Commission proposed the smaller 
reporting company definition, it specifically solicited comment on a 
revenue-only test. In adopting the smaller reporting company 
definition, the Commission noted that the majority of commenters 
supported the proposal to use a public float standard in most cases, 
agreeing that the Commission should use a revenue test only if a 
registrant is unable to calculate

[[Page 43136]]

its public float.\56\ By eliminating the revenue test for most 
registrants, the Commission stated that the new definition of smaller 
reporting company would simplify and streamline the definition while 
expanding the number of companies eligible to qualify. The amendments 
to the smaller reporting company definition we are now proposing retain 
this approach because we believe that the public float test has worked 
well in practice and has streamlined the definition,\57\ as the 
Commission intended when it adopted the current test.\58\ We do, 
however, request comment below on whether we should consider instead 
using or allowing a revenue-only test for the smaller reporting company 
definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \55\ See BIO Letter.
    \56\ See Smaller Reporting Company Adopting Release. The small 
business issuer definition, which the smaller reporting company 
definition replaced, was based on both public float and annual 
revenue.
    \57\ Registrants no longer have to calculate both public float 
and annual revenue under the smaller reporting company definition.
    \58\ See Smaller Reporting Company Adopting Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

C. Proposed Amendments to Accelerated Filer and Large Accelerated Filer 
Definitions

    We are not proposing to amend the public float thresholds for when 
a registrant would qualify as an accelerated filer or large accelerated 
filer.\59\ We are proposing amendments to those definitions, however, 
to eliminate the provision in each that specifically excludes 
registrants that are eligible to use the smaller reporting company 
requirements under Regulation S-K for their annual and quarterly 
reports.\60\ As a result, the proposed amendments would preserve the 
application of the current thresholds contained in the accelerated 
filer and large accelerated filer definitions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \59\ Accelerated filer and large accelerated filer are defined 
in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2. Being an accelerated filer or a large 
accelerated filer triggers the requirement contained in Section 
404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that a non-EGC registrant's 
registered public accounting firm provide, for inclusion in the 
registrant's annual report, an attestation report on internal 
control over financial reporting. Accelerated and large accelerated 
filers also must provide their internet address and disclosure 
regarding the availability of their filings required by Items 
101(e)(3) and (4) of Regulation S-K, as well as disclosure required 
by Item 1B of Form 10-K about unresolved staff comments on their 
periodic or current reports. In addition, accelerated and large 
accelerated filers are subject to accelerated periodic report filing 
deadlines.
    \60\ Subparagraphs (1)(iv) of the accelerated filer definition 
and (2)(iv) of the large accelerated filer definition in Exchange 
Act Rule 12b-2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Because the public float thresholds for exiting smaller reporting 
company status and entering accelerated filer status currently are both 
$75 million, and the determinations are both made as of the last 
business day of a registrant's second fiscal quarter, the smaller 
reporting company provision in the accelerated filer definition does 
not currently exclude from the accelerated filer definition any 
registrants that would not otherwise be excluded. If we raised the 
smaller reporting company public float threshold to $250 million 
without eliminating the smaller reporting company provision from the 
accelerated filer definition, however, those registrants with public 
floats of up to $250 million would be excluded from the accelerated 
filer requirements because they would be eligible under the proposed 
amendments to use the smaller reporting company requirements under 
Regulation S-K. In effect, we would be raising the accelerated filer 
public float threshold indirectly. Eliminating the smaller reporting 
company provision in the accelerated filer definition, therefore, would 
maintain the status quo regarding the size of registrants that are 
subject to the accelerated filer disclosure and filing requirements.
    The public float threshold for entering large accelerated filer 
status currently is $700 million, so the smaller reporting company 
provision in the large accelerated filer definition does not currently 
exclude from the large accelerated filer definition any registrants 
that would not otherwise be excluded. If the proposed amendments were 
adopted and the smaller reporting company public float threshold became 
$250 million, the smaller reporting company provision in the large 
accelerated filer definition still would not exclude any registrants 
that would not otherwise be excluded. Nevertheless, we are proposing to 
eliminate this provision because it currently does not capture any 
registrants, would not capture any registrants if the proposed 
amendments were adopted, and could lead to confusion if retained.
    In September 2015, the ACSEC recommended that the Commission revise 
the accelerated filer definition to include registrants with a public 
float threshold of $250 million or more, but less than $700 
million.\61\ If we implemented this recommendation, in addition to 
having a longer period to file their annual and quarterly reports, non-
EGCs with public floats between $75 million and $250 million would no 
longer be required to provide, and investors in those registrants would 
no longer receive the benefits of, auditor attestation reports required 
by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.\62\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \61\ 2015 ACSEC Recommendations; 2013 ACSEC Recommendations.
    \62\ As a general matter, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that 
the management of certain registrants assess the effectiveness of 
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting, while 
Section 404(b) specifically requires a registrant's auditor to 
attest to, and report on, management's assessment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In April 2011, the staff conducted a study (Staff Section 404(b) 
Study) \63\ mandated by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer 
Protection Act (Dodd Frank Act) \64\ to determine how the Commission 
could reduce the burden of complying with Section 404(b) of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act for registrants with market capitalizations between 
$75 million and $250 million.\65\ The staff's analysis, in part, found 
no specific evidence that any potential savings from exempting 
registrants with public floats between $75 million and $250 million 
from the auditor attestation provisions of Section 404(b) would justify 
the loss of investor protections and benefits to registrants from such 
an exemption.\66\ Rather, the staff found that accelerated filers 
(including those with a public float between $75 million and $250 
million) that were subject to the Section 404(b) auditor attestation 
requirements generally had a lower restatement rate than registrants 
that were not subject to the requirements. Moreover, the staff found 
that the population of registrants with public floats between $75 
million and $250 million did not have sufficiently unique 
characteristics that would justify differentiating this

[[Page 43137]]

population of registrants from other accelerated filers with respect to 
the Section 404 auditor attestation requirements.\67\ Ultimately, the 
study recommended that the Section 404(b) requirements be maintained 
for accelerated filers, including those with a public float between $75 
million and $250 million.\68\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \63\ Study and Recommendations on Section 404(b) of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 For Issuers With Public Float Between $75 
and $250 Million (Apr. 2011), available at https://www.sec.gov/news/studies/2011/404bfloat-study.pdf.
    \64\ Pub. L. 111-203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
    \65\ See Dodd-Frank Act Sec.  989G(b). That section also 
provided that the study shall ``consider whether any such methods of 
reducing the compliance burden or a complete exemption for such 
companies from compliance with such section would encourage 
companies to list on exchanges in the United States in their initial 
public offerings.''
    \66\ In 2007, the Commission issued interpretive guidance for 
management regarding its evaluation of internal controls and 
disclosure requirements, and the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board adopted Auditing Standard No. 5 regarding Audits of Internal 
Control over Financial Reporting (AS 5) in an effort to reduce the 
compliance burden and improve the implementation of Section 404, 
including the requirements of Section 404(b). See Commission 
Guidance Regarding Management's Report on Internal Control Over 
Financial Reporting Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934, Release No. 33-8810 (June 20, 2007) [72 FR 
35324 (June 27, 2007)]. However, one stakeholder representative has 
raised concerns about whether, in response to PCAOB inspection 
results, some auditors more recently have started to take approaches 
to evaluating internal control over financial reporting that are 
inconsistent with attaining goals for reduced compliance costs in 
this area. See letter from Center for Capital Markets 
Competitiveness (May 29, 2015).
    \67\ See Staff Section 404(b) Study at 107. At the same time, 
the staff's study recognized that registrants at the lower end of 
the studied range of $75 million and $250 million could be more 
likely to have characteristics more similar to non-accelerated 
filers (i.e., registrants that are just under or just over the $75 
million threshold are likely to have similar characteristics to one 
another). See id. at 4. The staff's study did not specifically 
assess whether registrants at the lower end of the group, such as 
those with a public float between $75 million and $125 million, 
might differ in relative benefits than registrants at the higher 
end.
    \68\ See Staff Section 404(b) Study at 112. Title I of the JOBS 
Act exempts EGCs from the Section 404(b) auditor attestation 
requirements, but EGC status is a temporary accommodation by 
Congress to lessen the burdens on new companies entering the public 
markets. Pub. L. 112-106, Sec. 103, 126 Stat. 306 (2012) (amending 
Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act [Pub. L. 107-204, Sec. 
404(b) 116 Stat. 745 (2002)]). Smaller reporting company status, 
however, is not time-limited.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Since the staff's study was concluded, academic research has 
resulted in mixed findings.\69\ In light of these mixed findings, we 
are not proposing to raise the accelerated filer public float threshold 
or to modify the Section 404(b) requirements for registrants with a 
public float between $75 million and $250 million. However, we are 
requesting comment below on whether we should consider raising the 
public float threshold in the accelerated filer definition.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \69\ For a discussion of the academic research, see Section 
III.C.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Request for Comment

    1. Should the thresholds for smaller reporting company status be 
raised? Why or why not? Should the current thresholds be kept at their 
current levels but adjusted for inflation? Why or why not?
    2. Does raising the thresholds for smaller reporting company status 
as proposed appropriately consider the objectives of capital formation 
and investor protection? Why or why not? Is there a better way to 
accomplish these objectives?
    3. Would raising the thresholds promote capital formation or 
liquidity for smaller registrants? Could raising the thresholds result 
in a loss of material information about registrants that would qualify 
as smaller reporting companies under the higher thresholds? Does scaled 
disclosure impact the ability of investors to make informed investment 
decisions? Does scaled disclosure lead to a greater incidence of fraud?
    4. As proposed, should the smaller reporting company definition 
continue to be based primarily on public float and, in the absence of 
public float, revenue? Why or why not? If so, should the public float 
threshold be $250 million? Should the revenue threshold be $100 million 
for registrants without a public float? Should the public float 
threshold be $200 million for registrants that determined in a prior 
year that they did not qualify as smaller reporting companies and seek 
to transition to smaller reporting company status? Should the revenue 
threshold be $80 million for registrants without a public float that 
determined in a prior year that they did not qualify as smaller 
reporting companies and seek to transition to smaller reporting company 
status? Should any of the proposed thresholds be higher or lower? Why 
or why not?
    5. Should the smaller reporting company definition be based on both 
public float and revenue? Why or why not? If so, what should the public 
float and revenue thresholds be? If we required both thresholds, should 
the registrant maintain its smaller reporting company status until it 
exceeds both the public float and revenue thresholds or until it 
exceeds either threshold?
    6. Should the definition be based on whether a registrant meets 
either a public float threshold or a revenue threshold? Why or why not?
    7. Should the definition contain only a public float test, 
regardless of the registrant's revenues, rather than the current 
definition? Why or why not? If so, what should the threshold be?
    8. Should we eliminate the public float test and instead apply only 
a revenue test? Why or why not? If so, what should the threshold be? 
Should we allow a revenue-only test as an alternative to the public 
float test and permit a registrant to choose which test to apply? Why 
or why not? If so, what should the thresholds be for each test?
    9. Should we revise the method of calculating public float in our 
current rules? If so, how?
    10. Should the smaller reporting company definition be based on 
market capitalization rather than public float? If so, what market 
capitalization should we use? How should we determine any new market 
capitalization thresholds? What would be the advantages or 
disadvantages of this approach?
    11. Are there other criteria or measures for defining smaller 
reporting companies that we should consider? If so, what are they and 
what, if any, thresholds would be appropriate?
    12. Should any thresholds in the smaller reporting company 
definition be indexed to adjust for inflation? If so, to what indicator 
should the thresholds be indexed and how frequently should they be 
adjusted?
    13. If the thresholds are raised in the manner proposed, should the 
Commission re-visit the thresholds on a periodic basis to assess 
whether the thresholds are contributing to capital formation, liquidity 
and investor protection? If so, what criteria would be useful for 
assessing the efficacy of the thresholds and how frequently should re-
assessments occur?
    14. If the thresholds are raised, should larger registrants be 
limited in their ability to avail themselves of some of the scaled 
disclosure accommodations? Should any of the scaled disclosure 
requirements of Regulation S-K or Regulation S-X not be available for 
registrants at the higher end of the range in terms of public float or 
revenue? If so, which disclosure requirements and why? If so, would 
differences among the types of scaled disclosure accommodations 
adversely impact comparability across the larger group of registrants 
that would qualify as a smaller reporting company? Why or why not?
    15. If we increase the thresholds in the smaller reporting company 
definition, should we eliminate the provision in the accelerated and 
large accelerated filer definitions that specifically excludes 
registrants that are eligible to use the smaller reporting company 
requirements under Regulation S-K for their annual or quarterly 
reports, as proposed? Why or why not?
    16. If we increase the public float threshold in the smaller 
reporting company definition as proposed, should we also increase the 
public float threshold in the accelerated filer definition? Why or why 
not?
    17. If we increase the public float and revenue thresholds in the 
smaller reporting company definition as proposed, should we also 
increase the thresholds in Exchange Act Rule 12g5-1(a)(7)? \70\ Why or 
why not?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \70\ Exchange Act Rule 12g5-1(a)(7) [17 CFR 240.12g5-1(a)(7)] 
provides issuers of securities in Tier 2 Regulation A offerings with 
an exemption from the mandatory registration requirements of 
Exchange Act Section 12(g) provided certain conditions are met, 
including a requirement that the issuer have a public float of less 
than $75 million as of the last business day of its most recently 
completed semiannual period, or, in the absence of a public float, 
annual revenues of less than $50 million as of its most recently 
completed fiscal year.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    18. If we increase the revenue threshold in the smaller reporting 
company definition as proposed, should we also increase the threshold 
in Rule

[[Page 43138]]

3-05 of Regulation S-X? \71\ Why or why not?
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \71\ Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X provides the requirements for 
financial statements of businesses acquired or to be acquired. 
Paragraph (b)(2)(iv) allows registrants to omit such financial 
statements for the earliest of three fiscal years required if the 
net revenues of the business to be acquired are less than $50 
million. The $50 million threshold is based on the revenue threshold 
in the smaller reporting company definition. See Smaller Reporting 
Company Adopting Release.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

III. Economic Analysis

    As discussed above, we are proposing amendments to the definition 
of ``smaller reporting company'' as used in our rules and regulations. 
The proposed amendments are intended to promote capital formation and 
reduce compliance costs for smaller registrants by expanding the number 
of smaller registrants that are eligible to deliver scaled disclosure 
to their investors, while maintaining investor protections.
    Registrants with less than $250 million (vs. currently $75 million) 
in public float would qualify, as would registrants with zero public 
float if their revenues were below $100 million (vs. currently $50 
million) in the previous year. We are sensitive to the costs and 
benefits of the proposed amendments. In this economic analysis, we 
examine the existing baseline, which consists of the current regulatory 
framework and market practices, and discuss the potential benefits and 
costs of the proposed amendments, relative to this baseline, and their 
potential effects on efficiency, competition and capital formation.\72\ 
We also consider the potential costs and benefits of reasonable 
alternatives to the proposed amendments. Where practicable, we attempt 
to quantify the economic effects of the proposed amendments; however, 
in certain cases, we are unable to do so because either we lack the 
necessary data or the economic effects are not quantifiable. In these 
cases, we provide a qualitative assessment of the likely economic 
effects.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \72\ Section 23(a)(2) of the Exchange Act requires us, when 
adopting rules, to consider the impact that any new rule would have 
on competition. In addition, Section 2(b) of the Securities Act and 
Section 3(f) of the Exchange Act direct us, when engaging in 
rulemaking that requires us to consider or determine whether an 
action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, to 
consider, in addition to the protection of investors, whether the 
action will promote efficiency, competition, and capital formation.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

A. Baseline and Potential Affected Parties

    In calendar year 2015, of the 7,557 registrants that filed a Form 
10-K with the Commission, 3,183 (42.1% of all registrants) were 
eligible to claim smaller reporting company status. Of those, 2,900 
(38.4% of all registrants) claimed smaller reporting company status. 
Under the current definition, a registrant may qualify as a smaller 
reporting company under either a public float threshold or an annual 
revenue threshold if the public float is zero. Of the 2,900 smaller 
reporting companies, 2,241 companies (29.7% of all registrants) 
qualified under the $75 million public float threshold and 659 
companies (8.7% of all registrants) qualified under the $50 million 
revenue threshold.\73\ Of the 2,900 smaller reporting companies, 490 
(6.5% of all registrants) also claimed EGC status.\74\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \73\ Based on analysis by DERA. Staff obtained the smaller 
reporting company status and public float data from corporate 
financial reports filed with the Commission using eXtensible 
Business Reporting Language (XBRL), available at: http://www.sec.gov/dera/data/financial-statement-data-sets.html. Staff also 
extracted the smaller reporting company status and public float 
directly from Forms 10-K using a computer program. For robustness, 
staff compared the smaller reporting company status and public float 
information between the two sources and corrected discrepancies. 
Staff extracted annual revenue data from the Compustat database and 
XBRL filings. Registrants transitioning out of smaller reporting 
company status that reported either public float greater than $75 
million or zero public float but revenue greater than $50 million 
were not counted as smaller reporting companies.
    \74\ Staff determined whether a registrant claimed EGC status by 
parsing several types of filings (for example, Forms S-1, S-1/A, 10-
K, 10-Q, 8-K, 20-F/40-F, and 6-K) filed by that registrant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table 1 summarizes the number and percentage of registrants that 
claimed smaller reporting company status in each calendar year over the 
2013-2015 period.

                         Table 1--Smaller Reporting Companies (SRCs) in 2013-2015 Period
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                     Qualified       Qualified
                                    Total # of                                       based on        based on
           Filing year              registrants      # of SRCs      % of total     public float    revenue (% of
                                                                                   (% of total)       total)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013............................           7,624           3,380            44.3            33.5            10.8
2014............................           7,642           3,179            41.6            32.7             8.9
2015............................           7,557           2,900            38.4            29.7             8.7
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Table 2 shows that, while smaller reporting companies account for a 
substantial percentage of the total number of registrants in calendar 
year 2015, they account for less than one percent of the entire public 
float, market value and revenue of all registrants.\75\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \75\ Market value and revenue data as of the fiscal year end are 
obtained from Compustat. Where revenue data was unavailable from 
Compustat, staff obtained the information directly from XBRL data 
filed with the registrants' Forms 10-K. Where revenue data was 
unavailable in XBRL, staff obtained the data directly from the 
registrants' Forms 10-K. The summary statistics on revenue are for 
all current smaller reporting companies, not just those qualifying 
under the revenue threshold.

                      Table 2--Size Proxies for Smaller Reporting Companies (SRCs) in 2015
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Public float             Market value               Revenue
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       .......................  .......................  .......................
Mean.................................  $17.0 million..........  $33.6 million..........  $21.3 million.
Median...............................  8.8 million............  13.0 million...........  0.21 million.
Aggregate size.......................  38.0 billion...........  79.3 billion...........  61.9 billion
% of the aggregate size of all         0.01%..................  0.31%..................  0.37%.
 registrants.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 43139]]

    Table 3 shows the distribution of registrants that claimed smaller 
reporting company status in calendar year 2015 using the Fama-French 
49-industry classification.\76\ The ``Business Services'' industry 
accounts for 11.7% of all smaller reporting companies, followed by 
``Financial Trading'' (9.5%), ``Banking'' (7.8%), ``Pharmaceutical 
Products'' (6.8%), ``Petroleum and Natural Gas'' (6.9%), and ``Computer 
Software'' (5.6%).\77\ We note that industries with a larger fixed 
component of operating costs, such as shipping, defense, and aircraft, 
tend to have fewer smaller reporting companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \76\ Using Standard Industry Classification (SIC) codes, 
Professors Eugene Fama and Kenneth French have sorted companies into 
48 main industries, plus a residual ``Other'' industry. This 
classification is commonly used in the financial economics 
literature and is available at: http://mba.tuck.dartmouth.edu/pages/faculty/ken.french/Data_Library/det_49_ind_port.html.
    \77\ Smaller reporting companies account for 57% of all 10-K 
filers in ``Business Services,'' 37% in ``Financial Trading,'' 20% 
in ``Banking,'' 39% in ``Pharmaceutical Products,'' 50% in 
``Petroleum and Natural Gas'' and 47% in ``Computer Software,'' 
suggesting that these industries all have a fairly high 
concentration of small registrants.

                                      Table 3--Industry Distribution of Smaller Reporting Companies (SRCs) in 2015
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
           Industry ID                 Industry          # of SRCs     % of all SRCs    Industry ID        Industry          # of SRCs     % of all SRCs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1...............................  Agriculture.......              27             0.9              26  Defense...........               2             0.1
2...............................  Food Products.....              40             1.4              27  Precious Metals...              44             1.5
3...............................  Candy & Soda......               3             0.1              28  Non-Metallic and               110             3.8
                                                                                                       Industrial Metal
                                                                                                       Mining.
4...............................  Beer & Liquor.....              19             0.7              29  Coal..............               4             0.1
5...............................  Tobacco Products..               8             0.3              30  Petroleum and                  200             6.9
                                                                                                       Natural Gas.
6...............................  Recreation........              21             0.7              31  Utilities.........              18             0.6
7...............................  Entertainment.....              60             2.1              32  Communication.....              50             1.7
8...............................  Printing and                    11             0.4              33  Personal Services.              50             1.7
                                   Publishing.
9...............................  Consumer Goods....              53             1.8              34  Business Services.             337            11.6
10..............................  Apparel...........              18             0.6              35  Computers.........              24             0.8
11..............................  Healthcare........              39             1.3              36  Computer Software.             163             5.6
12..............................  Medical Equipment.             102             3.5              37  Electronic                     104             3.6
                                                                                                       Equipment.
13..............................  Pharmaceutical                 198             6.8              38  Measuring and                   52             1.8
                                   Products.                                                           Control Equipment.
14..............................  Chemicals.........              49             1.7              39  Business Supplies.               3             0.1
15..............................  Rubber and Plastic              20             0.7              40  Shipping                         3             0.1
                                   Products.                                                           Containers.
16..............................  Textiles..........               5             0.2              41  Transportation....              21             0.8
17..............................  Construction                    30             1.0              42  Wholesale.........              84             2.9
                                   Materials.
18..............................  Construction......              24             0.8              43  Retail............              81             2.8
19..............................  Steel Works.......               6             0.2              44  Restaurants,                    28             1.0
                                                                                                       Hotels, Motels.
20..............................  Fabricated                       3             0.1              45  Banking...........             225             7.8
                                   Products.
21..............................  Machinery.........              58             2.0              46  Insurance.........              25             0.9
22..............................  Electrical                      39             1.3              47  Real Estate.......              96             3.3
                                   Equipment.
23..............................  Automobiles and                 26             0.9              48  Financial Trading.             277             9.5
                                   Trucks.
24..............................  Aircraft..........               4             0.1              49  Other.............              34             1.2
25..............................  Shipbuilding,                    2             0.1  ..............  ..................  ..............  ..............
                                   Railroad
                                   Equipment.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    By increasing the public float threshold from $75 million to $250 
million and the annual revenue threshold from $50 million to $100 
million in the smaller reporting company definition, the proposed 
amendments would permit more registrants to qualify as smaller 
reporting companies. To estimate the number of additional registrants 
that could be potentially affected by the proposed amendments, we use 
the public float data from Form 10-K filings and revenue data from 
Compustat to determine the number of existing registrants that could 
qualify as a smaller reporting company under the proposed new 
thresholds. Under the proposed amendments, we estimate that 782 
additional registrants could be eligible for smaller reporting company 
status, 751 of which have a public float between $75 million and $250 
million and 31 of which have zero public float and annual revenues 
between $50 million and $100 million.
    The 782 additional registrants have an average public float of $149 
million (median $144 million), an average market value of $257 million 
(median $195 million), and average revenues of $248 million (median $80 
million). Of the 782 potentially eligible registrants, 153 currently 
are EGCs and are eligible for certain scaled disclosure under Title I 
of the JOBS Act, including the scaled executive compensation 
disclosures available to smaller reporting companies under Item 402 of 
Regulation S-K. The 782 additional registrants tend to be concentrated 
in the following industries: ``Banking'' (17.4%),

[[Page 43140]]

``Pharmaceutical Products'' (13.4%), ``Financial Trading'' (9.0%), 
``Business Services'' (6.1%) and ``Electric Equipment'' (4.9%). If all 
782 registrants were to claim smaller reporting company status, the 
proposed amendments would lead to a noticeable increase in the presence 
of ``Banking'' and ``Pharmaceutical Products'' registrants in the pool 
of smaller reporting companies.
    We estimate that the proposed amendments would lead to an expansion 
of the smaller reporting company pool. Under the proposed rules, 41.8% 
of the total registrants would qualify using a public float threshold 
of less than $250 million, while currently 31.9% of the total 
registrants reported having a public float of less than $75 million. In 
addition, 10.7% of the total registrants would qualify using a revenue 
threshold of $100 million, while currently 10.3% of the total 
registrants reported having less than $50 million in revenues.\78\ The 
41.8% of registrants qualifying under the public float threshold would 
be in line with the 42% of registrants that qualified under the public 
float threshold when the Commission first established the definition of 
smaller reporting company. Raising the percentage of registrants 
qualifying under the public float threshold to the 2007 level would 
reflect the real growth in the stock market as well as inflation in 
nominal prices in the past decade. We do not have sufficient data to be 
able to compare the percentage of registrants qualifying under the 
revenue threshold when the Commission first established the definition 
of smaller reporting company to the 10.7% that would qualify using a 
revenue threshold of $100 million. Table 4 summarizes the size of the 
potential smaller reporting companies in terms of public float, market 
value and annual revenue under the proposed amendments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \78\ Using 2015 data, we estimated that, of 7,557 total 
registrants that filed 10-Ks, 3,965 registrants would potentially 
qualify as smaller reporting companies under the proposed 
thresholds. In particular, we estimated that 3,159 registrants 
reported public float below $250 million in 2015, resulting in a 
percentage of 41.8% (3,159/7,557) of registrants potentially 
qualifying as smaller reporting companies under the proposed public 
float threshold, and 2,408 registrants reported a public float below 
$75 million in 2015, resulting in a percentage of 31.9% (2,408/
7,557). Also, we estimated that 806 registrants reported annual 
revenues below $100 million in 2015, resulting in a percentage of 
10.7% (806/7,557) of registrants potentially qualifying as smaller 
reporting companies under the proposed revenue threshold, and 775 
registrants reported annual revenues below $50 million in 2015, 
resulting in a percentage of 10.3% (775/7,557).
    \79\ The percentages in Table 4 are generally in line with the 
percentages in 2006 prior to the adoption of the current smaller 
reporting company definition. Because public float information in 
2006 was not easily available, we use the free float values from 
Thomson Reuter's Datastream database instead, which excludes from a 
company's total market value all insider ownership and 5% 
institutional ownership. We estimate that in 2006 the total number 
of registrants with free float less than $75 million accounted for 
0.37% of the aggregate free float, 1.81% of the aggregate market 
value, and 1.92% of the aggregate revenue.

  Table 4--Size Proxies for the Potentially Eligible Smaller Reporting Companies Under the Proposed Amendments
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             Public float             Market value               Revenue
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mean.................................  $50.0 million..........  $111.1 million.........  $74.2 million.
Median...............................  $20.9 million..........  $29.1 million..........  $1.5 million.
Aggregate size.......................  $157.8 billion.........  $374.1 billion.........  $294.2 billion.
% of the aggregate size of all         0.03%..................  1.46%..................  1.75%.
 registrants \79\.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Potential Economic Effects

1. Introduction
    The primary benefit stemming from the proposed amendments would be 
a reduction in compliance costs for those registrants that would newly 
qualify for smaller reporting company status. If the compliance costs 
have a fixed cost component, which typically burdens smaller 
registrants disproportionately, the cost savings may be particularly 
helpful for these registrants.
    As a secondary effect of the proposed amendments, a lower 
disclosure burden could spur growth in smaller registrants to the 
extent that the compliance cost savings and other resources (e.g., 
managerial effort) devoted to disclosure and compliance are 
productively deployed in alternative ways. It also could encourage 
capital formation because companies that may have been hesitant to go 
public may choose to do so if they face reduced disclosure 
requirements.\80\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \80\ The debate on the impact of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act on 
companies' propensities to go private (Engel et al. (2007)), go dark 
(Leuz et al. (2008)), and go public (Bova et al., (2014)) highlights 
the importance of compliance costs in companies' decisions to 
participate in the public capital market. See Ellen Engel, Rachel M. 
Hayes, and Xue Wang. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Firms' Go Private 
Decisions 44 J. Account. & Econ. 116 (2007); Christian Leuz, 
Alexander J. Triantis, and Tracy Yue Wang, Why Do Firms Go Dark? 
Causes and Economic Consequences of Voluntary SEC Deregistrations, 
45 J. Account. & Econ. 181 (Mar. 1, 2008); and Francesco Bova, 
Miguel Minutti-Meza, Gordon D. Richardson, and Dushyantkumar Vyas, 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Exit Strategies of Private Firms, 31 
Contemporary Account. Research 818 (Jan. 12, 2014).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    With respect to costs, the proposed amendments would reduce the 
amount of information available to investors, thereby potentially 
reducing investor protection. A decrease in the amount of disclosure 
could increase the information asymmetry between investors and company 
insiders, leading to lower liquidity and higher costs of capital for 
the affected registrants. For example, an academic study \81\ finds 
that during the three-month period following the establishment of the 
smaller reporting company definition, registrants with public floats 
between $25 million and $75 million that claimed smaller reporting 
company status experienced a significant reduction in liquidity 
relative to comparable companies. Also, under the proposed amendments, 
the newly eligible smaller reporting companies would not be required to 
provide certain executive compensation disclosure requirements, 
potentially lowering corporate governance transparency of these 
registrants.\82\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \81\ See Lin Cheng, Scott Liao, and Haiwen Zhang, Commitment 
Effect versus Information Effect of Disclosure: Evidence from 
Smaller Reporting Companies, 88 Account. Rev. 1239 (Jul. 2013).
    \82\ For a review of the effects of executive compensation 
disclosures on compensation practices, see Michael Jensen, Kevin 
Murphy, and Eric Wruck, Remuneration: Where We Have Been, How We Got 
to Here, What Are the Problems, and How to Fix Them, Working paper, 
Harvard Business School (2004), available at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=561305. See also Benjamin E. Hermalin 
and Michael S. Weisbach, Information Disclosure and Corporate 
Governance, 67 J. Fin. 195 (2012), and Anya Kleymenova and A. Irem 
Tuna, Regulation of Compensation, Working Paper, University of 
Chicago (2016), available at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=2755621.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    It is important to note that the smaller reporting company 
thresholds establish eligibility for but do not mandate reliance on any 
of the scaled disclosure

[[Page 43141]]

accommodations.\83\ If the proposed amendments were adopted, we expect 
that the newly eligible registrants would weigh the costs and benefits 
of scaled disclosure for themselves and decide whether to take 
advantage of any of the scaled disclosure accommodations. To the extent 
that there may be agency concerns, expanding smaller reporting company 
eligibility may provide opportunities for adverse selection in a 
greater number of registrants, that is, registrants whose outside 
investors would have benefited from more disclosure may choose the 
lower disclosure requirement once becoming eligible. The net benefit 
for the newly eligible registrants would ultimately depend on the 
specific facts and circumstances.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \83\ If a disclosure requirement applicable to smaller reporting 
companies is more stringent than for non-smaller reporting 
companies, however, smaller reporting companies must comply with the 
more stringent standard. Item 404 is the only Regulation S-K 
disclosure requirement that could be more stringent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Estimation of Potential Costs and Benefits
    In this section, we estimate the incremental costs and benefits 
associated with smaller reporting company-related scaled disclosures, 
using a multivariate empirical analysis. The challenge is to isolate 
the economic effects of scaled disclosures from the effect of other 
significant accommodations, such as the exemption from Section 404(b) 
that is currently available to all smaller reporting companies. For 
this reason, we cannot isolate the costs and benefits associated with 
scaled disclosures using data from current smaller reporting 
companies.\84\ Under the proposed amendments, the newly eligible 
smaller reporting companies would be able to provide scaled disclosures 
but would continue to be subject to Section 404(b) as accelerated 
filers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \84\ Although there exists a clear threshold for eligibility, we 
cannot use the well-known empirical method of Regression 
Discontinuity Design to assess the treatment effect of scaled 
disclosures for smaller reporting companies. This method requires 
that the assignment of the treatment among registrants is ``as good 
as random'' around the threshold. Under this assumption, the 
registrants that receive the treatment of scaled disclosure (i.e., 
smaller reporting companies) should be comparable to those 
registrants that do not receive the treatment because their public 
float is just above the $75 million threshold. Given the exemption 
from Section 404(b) available to current smaller reporting companies 
with public float below $75 million, this assumption does not hold.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    It is possible, however, to isolate the effects of scaled 
disclosures using 2006-2009 data. This is because, as a result of the 
rules that established the smaller reporting company category in 2007, 
registrants with public float between $25 million and $75 million 
experienced no change in the Section 404(b) exemption but became 
eligible for the smaller reporting company scaled disclosures. Our 
empirical methodology is a difference-in-difference estimation between 
a treatment group and a comparison group.\85\ In particular, the 
treatment group (Treatment Group) consists of registrants with public 
float between $25 million and $75 million that claimed smaller 
reporting company status in 2008. Two natural comparison groups exist. 
The first comparison group (Control Group 1) consists of registrants 
that did not qualify for smaller reporting company status because they 
had public float just above $75 million (between $75 million and $125 
million).\86\ The second comparison group (Control Group 2) consists of 
registrants with public float and revenues below $25 million that were 
already eligible for scaled disclosures at that time and thus not 
affected by the Commission's 2007 rules.\87\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \85\ Difference-in-difference is a technique used to calculate 
the effect of a variable on a treatment group versus a control 
group. In particular, in the analysis below, the average change over 
time in the outcome of a variable for the treatment group is 
compared to the average change over time in the outcome of that 
variable for the control group.
    \86\ This would allow for a $50 million bandwidth similar to 
that used in the Commission's 2007 rules, which raised the threshold 
for relief from $25 million to $75 million.
    \87\ The comparison groups help control for confounding factors 
that may also independently affect the economic effects associated 
with scaled disclosures. While we determine Treatment Group and 
Control Group 1 based on public float alone, we use both public 
float and revenues to determine Control Group 2, because, prior to 
the Commission's 2007 rules, registrants with public float below $25 
million were not eligible for scaled disclosures if their revenues 
exceeded $25 million.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To analyze the economic effects of eligibility for scaled 
disclosures resulting from the Commission's 2007 rules, we compare the 
Treatment Group with Control Group 1 and Control Group 2 in the 
following areas: cost savings, information environment, liquidity and 
growth. We then use the analysis to extrapolate the likely effects of 
the expansion of eligibility for smaller reporting company status under 
the proposed amendments. In extrapolating the likely effects, we place 
particular emphasis on the comparison between the Treatment Group and 
Control Group 1, which represents a closer group in size to the newly 
eligible smaller reporting companies under the proposed amendments.
i. Potential Cost Savings: Estimates Based on Changes in Audit Fees
    The cost savings from scaled disclosures could include savings of 
resources that would be used for the relevant parts of disclosures, for 
example, managerial and employee time, other internal resources, and 
audit fees related to certain disclosures. Among these potential 
savings, changes in audit fees are readily quantifiable. To the extent 
that the scaled disclosure accommodations impact information that must 
be audited, scaled disclosures of the audited portions of the filings 
should lead to a reduction in audit expenses. Because many of the 
scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies relate to 
governance and compensation disclosures that are not subject to audit, 
we acknowledge that a reduction in audit fees is likely a small part of 
the total cost savings associated with scaled disclosures. However, 
quantifying the change in audit fees can potentially help us estimate 
the entire cost savings.
    To estimate the cost savings from the proposed amendments, we first 
examine changes in the audit fees of registrants that were newly 
eligible to use scaled disclosures as a result of the 2007 rules 
relative to those in the comparison groups between the pre-rule 2006-
2007 period and the post-rule 2008-2009 period. Audit fee data come 
from the Audit Analytics database. We include only registrants that had 
both pre-rule and post-rule audit fee data in the analysis. Table 5 
reports the main results.

[[Page 43142]]



 Table 5--Pre- and Post-Commission's 2007 Rules Audit Fees for Smaller Reporting Companies (SRCs) and Comparison
                                                     Groups
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     Treatment    Control  group  Control  group
                                                                   group  (SRCs     1 (Non-SRCs    2  (SRCs with
                           Fiscal year                             with  public    with  public    public float
                                                                   float  $25m-    float  $75m-    and revenues
                                                                       $75m)          $125m)        below $25m)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Avg. 2006-2007..................................................        $311,105        $676,194        $113,757
Avg. 2008-2009..................................................        $267,252        $654,463        $101,854
Number of Observations..........................................           1,315             694             962
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For smaller reporting companies with public floats between $25 
million and $75 million, in 2008-2009, average audit fees declined by 
$43,853. In contrast, both Control Group 1, which just missed 
eligibility for claiming smaller reporting company status, and Control 
Group 2, which already was subject to scaled disclosures, experienced a 
much smaller decline in average audit fees after the adoption of the 
Commission's 2007 rules: $21,731 and $11,903, respectively. Thus, the 
difference-in-difference estimate of the savings in audit fees 
associated with scaled disclosures is between $22,122 and $31,950 per 
smaller reporting company. Both estimated differences differ 
significantly from zero. Although two different control groups are used 
to control for all other factors that may have caused the changes in 
audit fees in smaller registrants during the 2006-2009 period,\88\ the 
effect of the 2008 financial crisis may not be completely ruled out and 
could make the estimated savings in audit fees appear larger than they 
actually were.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \88\ For example, among other factors, we note that the 
Commission approved Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
Auditing Standard No. 5 regarding Audits of Internal Control over 
Financial Reporting (AS 5). Among other things, AS 5 was intended to 
reduce unnecessary costs by making the audit scalable to fit the 
size and complexity of company. AS 5 became effective in November 
2007 and registrants with fiscal years ending between July and 
November were allowed to avail themselves of the provision earlier. 
The adoption and implementation of AS 5 in 2007 could have had an 
impact on the audit fees of all companies subject to Section 404(b). 
Given that in our analysis both Treatment Group and Control Group 1 
were affected by AS 5, however, the difference-in-difference 
methodology should control for the potential effects of AS 5 on 
audit fees. In addition, based on companies' fiscal year end, we 
have no reason to believe that early adopters were more or less 
concentrated in Treatment Group than Control Group 1.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We can also estimate the savings in audit fees in terms of a 
percentage reduction, instead of a dollar value.\89\ The audit fees for 
the Treatment Group declined by 14.1% in the 2008-2009 period relative 
to the 2006-2007 period, but only by 3.2% for Control Group 1 and 10.5% 
for Control Group 2. Thus, the difference-in-difference estimate of the 
treatment effect in terms of a percentage reduction is a 3.6% to 10.9% 
reduction of the audit fees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \89\ If there is a fixed (dollar value) component in audit 
expenses that apply to registrants of all sizes, then the estimates 
under this alternative approach can be viewed as the upper bound of 
the potential audit fee savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For the 782 newly eligible registrants that we estimate would be 
potentially affected by the proposed amendments, the average audit fees 
were $683,607 in fiscal year 2014. Thus, if we use the dollar value 
estimates of the audit fee savings, then the estimated reduction in 
audit fees would be between $24,353 and $35,172 for this group, which 
are the inflation-adjusted values of the audit fee savings estimates in 
2008 and 2009.\90\ This estimate for savings on audit fees for the 
newly eligible registrants would be about 3.6% (=$24,353/$683,607) to 
5.1% (=$35,172/$683,607) of the audit fees. If we use the percentage 
reduction estimates, then the estimated reduction in the audit fees 
would range from $24,610 (=$683,607 x 3.6%) to $74,513 (=$683,607 x 
10.9%) for the Treatment Group.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \90\ The inflation adjustment was performed using the CPI 
calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    We recognize that our analysis is subject to a number of 
assumptions, some of which may not be fully applicable when estimating 
the possible current change in audit expenses as a result of the 
proposed amendments.\91\ In addition, we recognize that audit expenses 
are only one component of costs for registrants and that changes in 
audit fees do not capture the full range of potential cost savings 
stemming from scaled disclosures. There are cost savings apart from the 
audit, such as cost savings resulting from a smaller reporting company 
not being required to prepare compensation discussion and analysis 
(CD&A) and from other scaled disclosures in Item 402 of Regulation S-K. 
These cost savings likely will include both internal cost savings (such 
as employee and managerial time and resources) and external cost 
savings from fees for other outside professionals such as attorneys. 
Given the nature of scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting 
companies, we expect these other cost savings to be much larger than 
the cost savings in audit fees. Accordingly, we assume that 25% of the 
total cost savings from scaled disclosure comes from savings in audit 
fees and 75% of the savings comes from reduction in other expenses. 
Given this assumption, we estimate total annual cost savings per newly 
eligible registrant to be between $98,439 (=$24,610 x 4) and $298,052 
(=$74,513 x 4), which is 0.04% (=$98,439/$246.9 million) to 0.12% 
(=$298,052/$246.9 million) of the average revenue of the newly eligible 
registrants.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \91\ Estimates based on data from 2006 to 2009 may not be 
directly applicable to newly eligible registrants under the proposed 
amendments. On the one hand, because auditors may charge larger 
registrants more for auditing the same disclosure items, our 
estimate could be viewed as a conservative estimate on the potential 
savings of audit fees for the newly eligible smaller reporting 
companies. On the other hand, if there were any increased 
competition in the auditing industry since 2009, then it could have 
led to lower audit expenses for the same disclosure items. Thus, our 
estimate could be higher or lower than the actual savings on audit 
fees for smaller reporting companies in 2008 and 2009.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

ii. Information Environment, Liquidity and Growth
    A registrant's information environment can be measured by the 
amount of useful information available to investors and the quality of 
information. To gauge the potential effects on the degree of external 
information production about the registrant that could benefit 
investors, we determine a registrant's percentage of institutional 
ownership, total 5% block institutional ownership, and analyst coverage 
(i.e., whether a registrant is covered by at least one analyst and the 
number of analysts).
    To measure disclosure quality, we use four discretionary accrual 
measures commonly used in the accounting literature as proxies for 
earnings management and the incidence of material restatements (based 
on when the restatement happened--beginning

[[Page 43143]]

year--and when the restatement was reported--filing year). Scaled 
disclosure may contribute to lowering the overall quality of the 
information environment, which is proxied here by the propensity for 
earnings management and the incidence of material restatements.\92\ The 
data on restatements are from the Audit Analytics database. A material 
restatement is defined as a restatement that is reported under Item 
4.02 of Form 8-K.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \92\ In using these proxies, we do not mean to suggest that 
scaled disclosure would be expected to directly cause an increase in 
earnings management or an increased incidence of material 
restatements, as there is little direct connection between the types 
of disclosure governed by our scaled disclosure requirements and the 
disclosure affected by a restatement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    To examine the potential effects on liquidity, we focus on the 
share turnover ratio, which is calculated by dividing the total number 
of shares traded over a period by the number of shares outstanding. To 
assess the effects of scaled disclosures on growth, we examine a 
registrant's capital investment, which is measured by the capital 
expenditures to assets ratio, as a proxy for real growth. Because there 
is a high concentration of smaller reporting companies in industries 
for which R&D investment is important (e.g., pharmaceutical products 
and electronic equipment), we also examine a registrant's investment in 
R&D. Finally, we examine asset growth, which is the growth rate in book 
assets, which could capture a registrant's growth through both capital 
investment and acquisition.
    Table 6 reports the estimated treatment effect. The number in the 
Treatment Group vs. Control Group 1 column reflects the difference 
between: (1) The average change in the metric for the Treatment Group, 
from the 2006-2007 period, when it was not eligible for scaled 
disclosure, to the 2008-2009 period, when it was eligible for scaled 
disclosure, and (2) the average change in the metric between the same 
periods for Control Group 1, which was never eligible for scaled 
disclosure. Similarly, the number in the Treatment Group vs. Control 
Group 2 column reflects the difference between: (1) The average change 
in the metric for the Treatment Group from the 2006-2007 period, when 
it was not eligible for scaled disclosure, to the 2008-2009 period, 
when it was eligible for scaled disclosure and (2) the average change 
in the metric between the same periods for Control Group 2, which had 
been eligible for scaled disclosure for both periods.\93\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \93\ Specifically, for each number reported in Table 6, we 
estimate the following equation:
    y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * [SRC * After]
    where the single-letter terms ``a'' to ``d'' are coefficients to 
be estimated; ``SRC'' equals one for the treatment group and zero 
for the comparison group; and ``After'' equals one for fiscal years 
2008 and 2009 and zero for fiscal years 2006 and 2007. The treatment 
effect is reflected in the coefficient estimate d, which is the 
differential value of the variable y for treated firms following the 
start of the treatment. A statistically negative estimate of d is 
consistent with a reduction in the value of the dependent variable y 
(Institutional Ownership, Institutional Block Ownership, etc.) for 
treated firms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    This table shows the scaled disclosure effect for smaller reporting 
companies (SRCs) on information environment, liquidity, and growth. 
Treatment Group consists of SRCs with public float between $25 million 
and $75 million in fiscal year 2008. Control Group 1 consists of non-
SRCs with public float between $75 million and $125 million. Control 
Group 2 consists of small business issuers with public float and 
revenues below $25 million. Institutional Ownership is total percentage 
institutional ownership. Block Institutional Ownership is total block 
(5%) institutional ownership. Number of Analysts is the number of 
analysts following a registrant. Analyst Coverage Dummy is a dummy 
variable indicating the existence of analyst following. Earnings Mgmt. 
1-4 are four different discretionary accruals measures. Earnings Mgmt. 
1 follows Kothari, Leone, and Wasley (2005), and Earnings Mgmt. 2-4 
follows Dechow, Sloan, and Sweeney (1995).\94\ Material Restatement 
(Filing Year) is a dummy variable that equals one if a registrant 
discloses restatement under Item 4.02 of Form 8-K in that year, and 
zero otherwise. Material Restatement (Beginning Year) is a dummy 
variable that equals one if the material reason for the restatement 
under Item 4.02 of Form 8-K originated in that year, and zero 
otherwise. Share Turnover is the ratio of shares traded over shares 
outstanding. Capital Investment is capital expenditures over book 
assets. R&D investment is R&D expenditures over revenue. Asset Growth 
is the annual growth rate of book assets. ***, **, and * indicate 
significance at 1%, 5%, and 10% confidence levels, respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \94\ See, Patricia M. Dechow, Richard G. Sloan, and Amy P. 
Sweeney, Detecting Earnings Management 70 Account. Rev. 193 (1995); 
S.P. Kothari, Andrew J. Leone, and Charles E. Wasley, Performance 
Matched Discretionary Accrual Measures, 39 J. Account. & Econ. 163 
(2005).

    Table 6--Effect of Scaled Disclosures on Information Environment,
                          Liquidity and Growth
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Treatment Group    Treatment Group
                                    vs. Control Group  vs. Control Group
                                            1                  2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information Environment:
External Information Production
    Institutional Ownership.......          ***-0.052          ***-0.022
    Institutional Block Ownership.           **-0.016             -0.002
    Number of Analysts............             -0.179             -0.068
    Analyst Coverage Dummy........          ***-0.099           ***0.087
Information Environment:
Disclosure Quality
    Earnings Mgmt. 1..............              0.025              0.015
    Earnings Mgmt. 2..............              0.024              0.013
    Earnings Mgmt. 3..............              0.020              0.024
    Earnings Mgmt. 4..............              0.018              0.023
    Material Restatement (Filing                0.018              0.015
     Year)........................
    Material Restatement                      **0.036              0.016
     (Beginning Year).............
Liquidity
    Share Turnover Ratio..........             -0.063             -0.052
Growth
    Capital Investment............              0.005             -0.005
    R&D Investment................             -0.035             -0.002

[[Page 43144]]

 
Asset Growth Rate.................             -0.005          ***-0.282
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The results in Table 6 suggest that the scaled disclosures had a 
negative effect on institutional ownership. The Treatment Group, which 
became eligible for scaled disclosures, experienced a 5.2% greater 
decrease in average institutional ownership from period to period than 
the companies in Control Group 1, which remained ineligible for scaled 
disclosures, and a 2.2% greater decrease in average institutional 
ownership from period to period than the companies in Control Group 2, 
which were eligible for scaled disclosures throughout both periods.
    The results reflect a positive effect on material restatements 
measured based on when such restatement was triggered (material 
restatement by beginning year) in smaller reporting companies, while 
the effect on analyst coverage is inconclusive. Smaller reporting 
companies tend to lose analyst coverage relative to comparable 
companies that just missed eligibility, but they gain coverage relative 
to even smaller companies that already enjoyed scaled disclosures. 
There is no statistically significant effect on earnings quality as 
captured by discretionary accruals measures or the incidence of 
material restatement by filing year. Overall, the evidence suggests a 
modest, but statistically significant, negative effect of scaled 
disclosure on smaller reporting companies' overall information 
environment.
    The effect of scaled disclosures on share turnover ratio is 
negative but statistically insignificant, suggesting no significant 
effect of scaled disclosures on smaller reporting companies' 
liquidity.\95\ Because the newly eligible registrants are larger in 
market capitalization and have more institutional ownership and analyst 
coverage than the current smaller reporting companies, we do not expect 
the proposed amendments to have a significantly negative impact on 
their liquidity.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \95\ In contrast, Chang et al. (2013) did find a negative and 
significant effect of the Commission's 2007 rules on smaller 
reporting companies' liquidity. The difference in the results could 
stem from the use of a different empirical methodology, different 
sample and sample period. Chang et al. (2013) excluded financial 
companies. While the authors examined a pre-rule period of April to 
June of 2007, we included the entire 2006 and 2007 periods. Also, 
while the authors examined a post-rule period of February to August 
of 2008, we included the entire 2008 and 2009 periods. In addition, 
the authors focus on a set of illiquidity measures, while we focus 
on the share turnover ratio, a commonly used liquidity measure.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The results in Table 6 indicate no clear difference between smaller 
reporting companies and comparable registrants in terms of changes in 
capital investment and R&D investment. The effect on asset growth rate 
is mixed. There is no significant difference between the Treatment 
Group companies and Control Group 1, but compared to Control Group 2, 
Treatment Group companies had deterioration in asset growth rate after 
the 2007 rules. Overall, our empirical analysis suggests that scaled 
disclosures have only a minimal effect on growth in current smaller 
reporting companies relative to comparable companies. Thus, we also do 
not expect any significant effect of the scaled disclosures on the 
growth of the newly eligible registrants under the proposed amendments.
iii. Conclusion
    Taken together, our empirical analysis suggests that, for most of 
the newly eligible smaller reporting companies under the proposed 
amendments, scaled disclosures may generate a modest, but statistically 
significant, amount of cost savings in terms of the reduction in 
compliance costs, a modest, but statistically significant, 
deterioration in some of the proxies used to assess the overall quality 
of information environment, and a muted effect on the growth of the 
registrant's capital investments, investments in R&D and assets.
3. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse Selection
    In general, holding market value constant, the use of public float 
to define eligibility favors registrants with more affiliated 
ownership. If we consider two registrants with the same market value 
but different affiliated ownership, the one with greater affiliated 
ownership will have a lower public float, which is the value of non-
affiliated ownership, and thus will be more likely to qualify for 
smaller reporting company status based on the public float threshold. 
This could be problematic if the adverse selection problem creates a 
conflict of interest between affiliated owners--who are often the 
decision makers--and non-affiliated owners--who are often the 
uninformed minority shareholders on whom reduced disclosure would have 
a greater impact. We examine whether the effects of scaled disclosure 
on registrants' information environment, liquidity, and growth depend 
on the percentage of affiliated ownership, which is the market value of 
affiliated equity shares divided by the registrant's total market value 
of equity. The average affiliated ownership is 43% for smaller 
reporting companies in the treatment group in years 2008 and 2009 
(median 42%).
    The results are reported in Table 7. The number in the Treatment 
Group vs. Control Group 1 column reflects the difference between: (1) 
The difference between the average metric of registrants in the 
Treatment Group with affiliated ownership that is higher than the group 
median and that of the registrants in the Treatment Group with 
affiliated ownership that is lower than the group median and (2) the 
difference between the average metric of registrants in Control Group 1 
with affiliated ownership that is higher than the group median and that 
of the registrants in Control Group 1 with affiliated ownership that is 
lower than the group median. Similarly, the number in the Treatment 
Group vs. Control Group 2 column reflects the difference between: (1) 
The difference between the average metric for the higher-than-median 
affiliated ownership registrants and that of the lower-than-median 
affiliated ownership registrants in the Treatment Group and (2) the 
difference between the average metrics for the same sectors of Control 
Group 2.\96\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \96\ Specifically, for each number reported in Table 7, we 
estimate the following equation:
    y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * HighAff + e * [SRC * After] + 
f * [SRC * HighAff + g * [After * HighAff] + h * [SRC * High Aff * 
After]
    where the single-letter terms ``a'' to ``h'' are coefficients to 
be estimated. ``After'' and ``SRC'' are defined in note 93. 
``HighAff'' is a dummy variable equal to one if the firm's 
affiliated ownership is greater than the sample median of 0.42; 
otherwise, ``HighAff'' is equal to zero. The treatment effect of 
interest is measured by the coefficient h, which is the differential 
value of the variable y for treated firms with high affiliated 
ownership, following the start of the treatment. See also note 93.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

[[Page 43145]]

    This table shows the estimated difference in the scaled disclosure 
effect on smaller reporting companies with high affiliated ownership 
and those with low affiliated ownership. Affiliated ownership is the 
percentage of a registrant's market value of equity that is owned by 
affiliated parties (i.e., corporate insiders and 10% block owners). 
Companies with high (low) affiliated ownership include companies with 
affiliated ownership above (below) the sample median. A negative and 
significant estimate means that scaled disclosures have a more negative 
effect on smaller reporting companies with high affiliated ownership 
than on those with low affiliated ownership. ***, **, and * indicate 
significance at 1%, 5%, and 10% confidence levels, respectively.

           Table 7--Affiliated Ownership and Adverse Selection
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Treatment Group    Treatment Group
                                    vs. Control Group  vs. Control Group
                                            1                  2
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Information Environment:
External Information Production
    Institutional Ownership.......        * * *-0.127            *-0.110
    Institutional Block Ownership.           **-0.079            *-0.126
    Number of Analysts............           **-0.742           ** 1.277
    Analyst Coverage Dummy........             -0.052           ** 0.500
Information Environment:
Disclosure Quality
    Earnings Mgmt. 1..............              0.010              0.286
    Material Restatement (Filing                0.038             -0.040
     Year)........................
    Material Restatement                     ** 0.084              0.001
     (Beginning Year).............
Liquidity
    Share Turnover Ratio..........              0.052              0.059
Growth
    Capital Investment............           ** 0.029              0.049
    R&D Investment................              0.014             -0.756
    Asset Growth Rate.............              0.136             -1.485
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Our analysis suggests that affiliated ownership may exacerbate the 
potential negative effects of scaled disclosure on external information 
production by professionals such as institutional investors. There is 
also some evidence that larger affiliated ownership may exacerbate the 
adverse effect of scaled disclosure on material restatements measured 
based on when such restatement was triggered in smaller reporting 
companies (relative to Control Group 1). At the same time, scaled 
disclosures tend to have a more positive effect on smaller reporting 
companies' capital investment when affiliated ownership is higher. 
Overall, there is inconclusive evidence that affiliated ownership is 
associated with adverse selection in current smaller reporting 
companies. For the 782 newly eligible registrants that would 
potentially be affected by the proposed amendments, the average 
affiliated ownership is 34.5% of market capitalization, lower than for 
the current smaller reporting companies (47.6% in 2015). Thus, any 
agency concerns arising from affiliated ownership should have a lower 
impact for the newly eligible registrants than for the current smaller 
reporting companies.
4. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and Capital Formation
    The proposed amendments may have competitive effects. On one hand, 
the proposed amendments may reduce the potential disadvantage that the 
newly eligible registrants have relative to the current smaller 
reporting companies that already use the scaled disclosure 
requirements. The proposed amendments may also increase the competitive 
advantage of the newly eligible registrants relative to unregistered 
companies that compete with them in the product market. However, 
because there is no clear evidence that scaled disclosures have a 
significant effect on the growth of current smaller reporting 
companies, we expect these potentially positive competitive effects to 
be modest. On the other hand, setting any eligibility threshold may 
create a competitive disadvantage for those registrants that miss 
eligibility because their public float is just above the specified 
threshold, relative to the newly eligible registrants. However, our 
economic analysis suggests that this potentially negative effect would 
be modest.
    As discussed above, our empirical analysis suggests that scaled 
disclosures related to smaller reporting companies are unlikely to have 
a significantly negative effect on the overall information environment 
of smaller reporting companies. Thus, we do not expect that the 
proposed amendments would have a significant negative effect on the 
information efficiency of affected parties. Finally, it is difficult to 
quantify the effect of scaled disclosures on capital formation because 
the Commission's 2007 rules coincided with the 2008 financial crisis 
and its aftermath, which led to extremely thin capital market 
activities. However, given that both the potential cost savings and the 
potential negative consequences of scaled disclosure are modest, as 
shown in Tables 5 and 6, we do not expect the proposed amendments to 
have a significant impact on capital formation for the newly eligible 
registrants.

C. Possible Alternatives

    In this section, we present several alternatives to the proposed 
amendments and discuss their relative costs and benefits.
    As a first alternative, we could use a different registrant size 
metric in the smaller reporting company definition. While public float 
has the advantage of capturing the value held by non-affiliated 
investors who may be more affected by informational asymmetries, the 
disadvantage of public float is twofold. First, reported public float 
numbers are not easily verifiable. Second, using public float to define 
eligibility may increase adverse selection due to conflicts of interest 
between affiliated and non-affiliated owners. We considered equity 
market value as an alternative size metric to public float. Equity 
market value is more accessible and more easily verifiable than public 
float. It does not

[[Page 43146]]

differentiate registrants based on the degree of informational 
asymmetry concerns, but it also does not favor registrants with more 
affiliated ownership. If we define registrants as smaller reporting 
companies when they have less than $250 million in equity market value 
or zero equity market value but revenue below $100 million, 3,604 or 
47.7% of the registrants that filed Forms 10-K in 2015 would qualify as 
smaller reporting companies (3,084 based on equity market value and 520 
based on revenue).\97\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \97\ This alternative would lead to a slightly smaller pool of 
registrants eligible for smaller reporting company status than under 
the proposed amendments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As a second alternative, we could revise the smaller reporting 
company definition to capture registrants that meet either a public 
float threshold or a revenue threshold. For example, one commenter 
suggested defining a smaller reporting company as any registrant with 
either public float below $250 million or revenue below $100 
million.\98\ This alternative would lead to 1,266 additional eligible 
registrants relative to the current definition, and 201 relative to the 
proposed amendments. Among the 201 additional registrants, 41.5% are in 
``Pharmaceutical Products'' and 18% are in ``Financial Trading.'' 
Expanding the pool of eligible registrants would lead to increased cost 
savings for registrants while also increasing the potential for 
informational asymmetries and other costs associated with scaled 
disclosures. In addition, relative to the current smaller reporting 
companies or those newly eligible under the proposed amendments, the 
201 additional qualifying registrants may have different 
characteristics that could affect the appropriateness of scaled 
disclosure. For example, the 201 additional registrants are 
substantially larger than those eligible under the current definition 
or the proposed amendments. The average public float of the 201 
additional registrants is $769 million, while it is $17 million under 
the current definition and $50 million under the proposed amendments. 
The size of these registrants implies that any cost savings from scaled 
disclosures would generate a much smaller impact on their firm value 
and may not justify the potential loss of informational transparency.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \98\ See BIO Letter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    While neither public float nor revenue data show a natural 
breakpoint, as a third alternative to the proposed amendments, we could 
have revised the smaller reporting company definition using different 
thresholds. For example, we could take inflation since 2007 into 
account, raising the public float threshold from $75 million to $85.7 
million and the revenue threshold from $50 million to $57.2 million. 
The inflation adjustment of the current thresholds would expand the 
pool of eligible smaller reporting companies by 88 registrants, 82 of 
which reported public float between $75 million and $85.7 million in 
their 2015 Form 10-Ks and six of which had zero public float and 
revenue between $50 million and $57.2 million.\99\ Alternatively, 
instead of $250 million public float, we could use $700 million public 
float, which is the threshold in the ``large accelerated filer'' 
definition. For registrants with zero public float, we could use $1 
billion in revenue instead of $100 million in revenue, which is the 
threshold in the EGC definition. A $1 billion revenue threshold would 
make scaled disclosure accommodations for smaller reporting companies 
and EGCs uniform for the subset of smaller registrants that have zero 
public float. Using 2015 data, we estimate that if we were to use these 
alternative thresholds in combination, there would be 899 newly 
eligible registrants for smaller reporting company status (746 newly 
eligible registrants based on public float and 153 newly eligible 
registrants based on revenues), in addition to the 782 newly eligible 
registrants under the proposed amendments. Expanding the pool of 
registrants eligible for smaller reporting company status using the 
latter two alternative thresholds would further reduce overall 
compliance costs for registrants but also potentially increase the 
informational asymmetries and other adverse effects associated with 
scaled disclosures. Relative to the current smaller reporting companies 
or the newly eligible smaller reporting companies under the proposed 
amendments, these additional qualifying registrants also may have 
different characteristics that could affect the appropriateness of 
scaled disclosure. For example, the 899 additional registrants under 
this alternative are much larger, implying that any cost savings from 
scaled disclosures would generate a much smaller impact on the 
registrants' firm value, and may not justify the potential loss of 
informational transparency.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \99\ The inflation adjustment was performed using the CPI 
calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    As a fourth alternative, we could consider expanding the number of 
registrants eligible for the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b) 
exemption. The newly eligible smaller reporting companies under the 
proposed amendments would remain subject to Section 404(b). This would 
create two tiers among smaller reporting companies: registrants with 
public floats below $75 million would be eligible for the scaled 
disclosures and exempt from Section 404(b) and registrants with public 
floats between $75 million and $250 million would be eligible only for 
the scaled disclosures. Thus, one alternative would be to extend the 
Section 404(b) exemption to all registrants that are eligible for and 
claim smaller reporting company status.
    The advantage of this alternative would be twofold. First, it would 
provide a uniform exemption from the auditor attestation about the 
effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting for all 
smaller reporting companies, which could potentially simplify the 
regulatory framework. Second, it could lead to greater cost savings for 
the newly eligible registrants. Although there is debate on whether the 
direct cost of Section 404(b) is substantial for the majority of 
registrants, there are academic studies suggesting that the cost was 
non-trivial for smaller registrants when Section 404(b) was first 
implemented in 2004,\100\ and that expenses related to Section 404(b) 
compliance have decreased over time as companies and their auditors 
gained more experience with the requirements and as a result of steps 
taken by both the Commission and the Public Company Accounting 
Oversight Board.\101\ There also may be indirect costs associated with 
Section 404(b), such as, among other things, increasing smaller 
registrants' propensity to go private or decreasing their propensity to 
go public or altering their incentives to grow by undertaking less 
investment.\102\

[[Page 43147]]

Extending the exemption also could lead to a reduction of these 
indirect costs, although this reduction is difficult to quantify.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \100\ See, e.g., Peter Iliev, Effect of SOX Section 404: Costs, 
Earnings Quality, and Stock Prices, 45 J. Fin. 1163-1196 (2010).
    \101\ See, e.g., Cindy R. Alexander et al., Economic Effects of 
SOX Section 404 Compliance: A Corporate Insider Perspective,'' 56 J. 
Account. & Econ. 267-290; John Coates and Suraj Srinivasan, SOX 
after Ten Years: A Multidisciplinary Review, Accounting Horizons, 
forthcoming (2014). But see note 66 (indicating that one stakeholder 
representative has raised concerns about whether, in response to 
PCAOB inspection results, some auditors more recently have started 
to take approaches to evaluate internal control over financial 
reporting that are inconsistent with attaining goals of reduced 
compliance costs).
    \102\ See Gao, Feng, Joanna Wu, and Jerold Zimmerman, Unintended 
Consequences of Granting Small Firms Exemptions From Securities 
Regulation: Evidence From The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Journal of 
Accounting Research, Vol. 49, No. 2, 459-506 (2009) (providing 
evidence that the exemption from Section 404 for non-accelerated 
filers has created an incentive for some of these firms to remain 
below the bright-line threshold of $75 million of public float).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Under this alternative, however, investors of the affected 
registrants would lose the benefits of Section 404(b). Existing surveys 
of corporate leaders as well as academic studies suggest that Sarbanes-
Oxley Act Section 404(b) has led to improvements in the quality of 
registrants' information environment and financial reporting, 
registrants' ability to prevent and detect fraud, and investor 
confidence in U.S. registrants.\103\ Moreover, an academic study found 
that non-accelerated filers not subject to the Section 404(b) auditor 
attestation requirements suffered from a deterioration in the quality 
of their financial reporting vis-[agrave]-vis accelerated filers.\104\ 
Another recent working paper suggests that registrants that voluntarily 
comply with the Section 404(b) auditor attestation have lower cost of 
capital.\105\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \103\ See John Coates and Suraj Srinivasan, SOX after Ten Years: 
A Multidisciplinary Review, Accounting Horizons, forthcoming (2014). 
See also, United States Government Accountability Office, Report to 
Congressional Committees, Internal Controls (July 2013) available at 
http://www.gao.gov/assets/660/655710.pdf (noting that compliance 
with Section 404(b) has a positive impact on investor confidence in 
the quality of financial reports and recommending that the 
Commission consider requiring companies to explicitly state whether 
they have obtained an auditor attestation of their internal 
controls, which may increase transparency and investor protection).
    \104\ See Anthony D. Holder, Khnondkar E. Karim, and Ashok 
Robin, Was Dodd-Frank Justified in Exempting Small Firms from 
Section 404b Compliance?, Accounting Horizons, Vol. 27, No. 1 
(2013). Similarly, a 2012 study found that smaller accelerated 
filers subject to the Section 404(b) auditor attestation 
requirements benefit from higher revenue quality as compared to non-
accelerated filers, which are not subject to the requirements. See 
Gopal V. Krishnan and Wei Yu, Do Small Firms Benefit from Auditor 
Attestation of Internal Control Effectiveness, Auditing: A Journal 
of Practice & Theory, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Nov. 2012).
    \105\ See Cory A. Cassell, Linda A. Myers, and Jian Zhou, The 
Effect of Voluntary Internal Control Audits on the Cost of Capital 
(June 1, 2013), available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1734300, 
finding that voluntary compliance with Section 404(b) is associated 
with significant reductions in both the cost of equity and the cost 
of debt in the first year of voluntary compliance. However, we note 
that the registrants that voluntarily comply with Section 404(b) may 
be fundamentally different from other non-accelerated filers. Thus, 
the economic effects of voluntary compliance with Section 404(b) may 
not necessarily apply to other firms.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Request for Comment

    We request comment on all aspects of this economic analysis, 
including the costs and benefits of the proposals and alternatives 
thereto, as well as their potential effects on efficiency, competition, 
and capital formation. With respect to comments, we note that they are 
of greatest assistance to our rulemaking initiative if accompanied by 
supporting data and analysis of the issues addressed in those comments 
and by alternatives to our proposals where appropriate. We also request 
qualitative feedback on the nature of the benefits and costs we have 
identified and any other benefits and costs that we should consider.
    To assist in our consideration of these costs and benefits, we 
specifically request comment on the following:
    19. Are there quantifiable aspects of savings related to scaled 
disclosures other than those captured by audit fees? Please provide 
detailed descriptions of these aspects of savings and quantitative data 
or support, if applicable.
    20. Some registrants eligible for scaled disclosure choose not to 
avail themselves of the scaling permitted by our rules. Why do such 
registrants choose not to claim the smaller reporting company status 
and not to use the scaled disclosure accommodations? Are there 
quantifiable benefits to such potentially eligible registrants of 
opting out of scaled disclosure?
    21. Are there filers that are not required to file with the 
Commission that choose to voluntarily provide non-scaled disclosure 
even though the filer would qualify under the smaller reporting company 
thresholds? Why do such filers choose to opt out of scaled disclosure? 
Are there quantifiable benefits to such filers of opting out of scaled 
disclosure?
    22. Are there indirect costs or cost savings related to scaled 
disclosures for smaller reporting companies that we have not considered 
and could be quantified?
    23. To arrive at an estimate for the total cost savings associated 
with scaled disclosures, we assume that the total cost savings 
(including employee and managerial time and resources) are four times 
the cost savings on audit fees. Is there a different assumption we 
should use and why? Please provide data to support the suggestion if 
available.
    24. Are there ways to further assess the degree of adverse 
selection associated with the proposed amendments? Are there other 
proxies for information environment, liquidity and growth that would 
better capture the potential economic impact of scaled disclosure? Are 
there data or empirical studies about incidence of fraud in relation to 
registrants' size?
    25. Are there other ways to quantify the effect of scaled 
disclosures on smaller reporting companies' capital formation?
    26. Are there any metrics alternative to public float and annual 
revenue to be considered in the definition of smaller reporting 
companies? What are the advantages and disadvantages associated with 
these alternative metrics?

IV. Paperwork Reduction Act

A. Background

    The proposed amendments contain ``collection of information'' 
requirements within the meaning of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 
(PRA).\106\ We are submitting a request for approval of the proposed 
amendments to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review in 
accordance with the PRA and its implementing regulations.\107\ The 
titles of the collections of information are: \108\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \106\ 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
    \107\ 44 U.S.C. 3507(d); 5 CFR 1320.11.
    \108\ The paperwork burden from Regulation S-K, Regulation C and 
Regulation 12B is imposed through the forms that are subject to the 
requirements in those regulations and is reflected in the analysis 
of those forms. To avoid a PRA inventory reflecting duplicative 
burdens and for administrative convenience, we assign a one-hour 
burden to each of Regulation S-K, Regulation C and Regulation 12B.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) ``Regulation S-K'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0071);
    (2) ``Regulation C'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0074);
    (3) ``Regulation 12B'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0062);
    (4) ``Form 10-K'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0063);
    (5) ``Form 10-Q'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0070);
    (6) ``Schedule 14A'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0059);
    (7) ``Schedule 14C'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0057);
    (8) ``Form 10'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0064);
    (9) ``Form S-1'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0065);
    (10) ``Form S-3'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0073);
    (11) ``Form S-4'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0324); and
    (12) ``Form S-11'' (OMB Control No. 3235-0067).
    We adopted the existing rules, regulations, and forms pursuant to 
the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. These rules, regulations, and 
forms set forth the disclosure requirements for annual and quarterly 
reports, proxy and information statements, and registration statements 
that are prepared by registrants to provide investors information to 
make informed investment and voting decisions. Our proposed amendments 
are intended to make scaled disclosure accommodations available to a 
larger number of registrants. The proposed amendments

[[Page 43148]]

should decrease the disclosure requirements for some registrants. The 
proposed amendments do not affect any disclosure requirements for any 
registrant with a calculable public float of $250 million or more.
    The hours and costs associated with preparing disclosure, filing 
information required by forms, and retaining records constitute 
reporting and cost burdens imposed by collection of information 
requirements. An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not 
required to respond to, a collection of information requirement unless 
it displays a currently valid control number. Compliance with the 
information collections listed above is mandatory to the extent 
applicable to each registrant.\109\ Responses to the information 
collections are not kept confidential and there is no mandatory 
retention period for the information disclosed.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \109\ As noted above, registrants claiming smaller reporting 
company status have the option to selectively comply with the scaled 
disclosures available to them on an item-by-item basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

B. Summary of Information Collections

    The proposed amendments, which would amend the definition of 
smaller reporting company to capture a greater number of registrants, 
may decrease existing collection of information total burden estimates, 
or not affect them at all, for some reports on Form 10-K and Form 10-Q, 
some proxy statements on Schedule 14A, some information statements on 
Schedule 14C, and some registration statements on Form 10, Form S-1, 
Form S-3, Form S-4, and Form S-11, filed by registrants that meet the 
definition of smaller reporting company as we propose to revise it.
    The proposed amendments would not change the amount of information 
required to be included in Exchange Act reports by any registrant 
because of its status as an accelerated filer or a large accelerated 
filer.

C. Burden and Cost Estimates

    For purposes of the PRA, we believe that if the proposed amendments 
were adopted the total decrease in burden hours for Form 10-K, Form 10-
Q, Schedule 14A, Schedule 14C, Form 10, Form S-1, Form S-3, Form S-4, 
and Form S-11 would be approximately 220,357 burden hours and the total 
decrease in external costs would be approximately $35,691,649.
    Our burden hour and cost estimates presented below represent the 
average burdens for all registrants, both large and small. In deriving 
our estimates, we recognize that the burdens likely would vary among 
individual registrants based on a number of factors, including the size 
and complexity of their business. We believe that some registrants 
would experience costs in excess of this average and some registrants 
would experience less than the average costs. In addition, for 
quarterly and annual reports and for proxy and information statements, 
we estimate that 75% of the burden of preparation is carried by the 
registrant internally and that 25% of the burden is carried by outside 
professionals retained by the registrant at an average cost of $400 per 
hour.\110\ For registration statements, we estimate that 25% of the 
burden of preparation is carried by the registrant internally and that 
75% of the burden is carried by outside professionals retained by the 
registrant at an average cost of $400 per hour.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \110\ We recognize that the costs of retaining outside 
professionals may vary depending on the nature of the professional 
services, but for purposes of this PRA analysis, we estimate that 
such costs would be an average of $400 per hour. This is the rate we 
typically estimate for outside legal services used in connection 
with public company reporting.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    For purposes of the PRA, we estimate that over a three-year 
period,\111\ the annual aggregate decreased burden \112\ resulting from 
the proposed amendments would average:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \111\ We calculated an annual average over a three-year period 
because OMB approval of PRA submissions covers a three-year period.
    \112\ Our decreased burden estimates take into account, and are 
net of, any increased burden that may result from smaller reporting 
companies providing expanded disclosures under disclosure 
requirements that are more stringent for smaller reporting companies 
than for non-smaller reporting companies, such as Item 404 of 
Regulation S-K.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     142,068 hours and $18,943,168 of external costs for Form 
10-K;
     71,938 hours and $9,594,202 of external costs for Form 10-
Q;
     432 hours and $57,600 of external costs for Schedule 14A;
     7 hours and $880 of external costs for Schedule 14C;
     9 hours and $11,100 of external costs for Form 10;
     3,477 hours and $4,172,314 of external costs for Form S-1;
     37 hours and $43,920 of external costs for Form S-3;
     2,140 hours and $2,567,578 of external costs for Form S-4; 
and
     251 hours and $300,888 of external costs for Form S-11.
    These estimates were based on the following assumptions:
1. Form 10-K
    We estimate that approximately 782 registrants would become newly 
eligible to use scaled disclosure for smaller reporting companies or 
have a new opportunity to assess whether to avail themselves of scaled 
disclosure for their annual reports and could experience burden and 
cost savings if these proposed amendments are adopted.\113\ We estimate 
that if these registrants use all of the scaled disclosure 
requirements,\114\ they would save 177,584 burden hours and an 
aggregate cost of $23,678,960.\115\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \113\ We estimate that 782 additional registrants would be 
eligible under the proposed amendments to use the scaled disclosure 
requirements available to smaller reporting companies for their 
annual and quarterly reports in the first year. We base this 
estimate on the number of additional registrants that would have 
been eligible to use scaled disclosure for their annual and 
quarterly reports in 2015, based on data collected by DERA from 
annual reports on Form 10-K filed in 2015. This data shows that 751 
registrants had a public float greater than $75 million but less 
than $250 million, and 31 registrants with a public float of zero 
had annual revenues greater than $50 million but less than $100 
million.
    \114\ A smaller reporting company generally may choose to comply 
with some, all, or none of the scaled disclosure requirements 
available for smaller reporting companies under our rules.
    \115\ Consistent with our analysis in the Smaller Reporting 
Company Adopting Release, we estimate the compliance burden for a 
Form 10-K for a smaller reporting company using all scaled 
disclosure available to be the same as the last available PRA 
inventory for completing a Form 10-KSB, which was 1,272 burden hours 
and a cost of $169,600 (424 professional hours x $400/hour) per 
report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form 10-K by up to 177,584.38 hours (1,499.09 internal 
hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K disclosure minus 
1,272 internal hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 227.09 
internal hours saved per filing x 782 filings) and decrease the cost 
by up to $23,678,960 (499.70 professional hours per filing using 
standard Regulation S-K disclosure minus 424 professional hours per 
filing using scaled disclosure = 75.70 external hours saved per 
filing x $400 per hour = $30,280 external cost savings per filing x 
782 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    While we are unsure of the extent to which these newly eligible 
smaller reporting companies would realize the full savings from the 
scaled disclosure requirements, for purposes of this analysis, we 
estimate that eligible registrants would realize approximately 80% of 
these savings.\116\ As a result, we

[[Page 43149]]

estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for Form 10-K would be 
142,068 internal burden hours and costs of $18,943,168.\117\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \116\ This estimated realization rate reflects the percentage of 
registrants eligible to claim smaller reporting company status in 
2015 that claimed such status. Based on data collected by DERA, 
2,900, or approximately 91.1%, of the estimated 3,183 eligible 
registrants claimed smaller reporting company status. Specifically, 
2,241, or approximately 93.1%, of the estimated 2,408 registrants 
that would qualify under the public float threshold and 659, or 
approximately 85.0%, of the estimated 775 registrants that would 
qualify under the annual revenue threshold, claimed smaller 
reporting company status.
    In addition, this estimated realization rate is further reduced 
to reflect that a portion of newly eligible smaller reporting 
companies may already qualify as EGCs, which are eligible to rely on 
certain scaled disclosure requirements for a limited period, 
including some of the scaled requirements available to smaller 
reporting companies. Based on data collected by DERA, 153, or 
approximately 19.6%, of the 782 newly eligible registrants were EGCs 
and therefore eligible to rely on some scaled disclosure 
accommodations and already benefitting from a portion of these 
estimated savings.
    \117\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
10-K is based on 80% x 177,584.38 internal hours saved = 142,067.50 
internal hours saved and 80% x $23,678,960 external cost savings = 
$18,943,168 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. Form 10-Q
    We assume that the same approximately 782 registrants would become 
newly eligible to use scaled disclosure for purposes of their quarterly 
reports. We estimate that if these registrants use all of the scaled 
smaller reporting company requirements, they would save 89,922 burden 
hours and an aggregate cost of $11,992,752.\118\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \118\ Similar to our approach to estimating the reduced 
compliance burden for a Form 10-K using scaled disclosure, we base 
our estimates of the reduced compliance burden for smaller reporting 
companies using all scaled disclosure available for certain other 
filings on the last available PRA inventory for completing the most 
comparable form under Regulation SB. We estimate the compliance 
burden for a Form 10-Q for a smaller reporting company using all 
scaled disclosure available to be the same as the last available PRA 
inventory for completing a Form 10-QSB, which was 102.24 burden 
hours and a cost of $13,362 (34.08 professional hours x $400/hour) 
per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form 10-Q by up to 89,922.18 hours (140.57 internal hours 
per filing using standard Regulation S-K disclosure minus 102.24 
internal hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 38.33 internal 
hours saved per filing x 782 registrants x 3 filings per year) and 
decrease the cost by up to $11,992,752 (46.86 professional hours per 
filing using standard Regulation S-K disclosure minus 34.08 
professional hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 12.78 
external hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = $5,112 external 
cost savings per filing x 782 registrants x 3 filings per year).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that newly eligible registrants realize approximately 80% 
of these savings, we estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for 
Form 10-Q would be 71,938 internal burden hours and costs of 
$9,594,202.\119\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \119\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
10-Q is based on 80% x 89,922.18 internal hours saved = 71,937.74 
internal hours saved and 80% x $11,992,752.00 external cost savings 
= $9,594,201.60 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Schedule 14A
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file approximately 720 definitive proxy statements on 
Schedule 14A.\120\ We estimate that if these registrants use all of the 
scaled smaller reporting company requirements, they would save 540 
burden hours and an aggregate cost of $72,000.\121\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \120\ We base this estimate on the number of definitive proxy 
statements on Schedule 14A filed in 2015 by registrants that would 
have been newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under the proposed 
amendments. Based on data collected by DERA, registrants with a 
public float greater than $75 million but less than $250 million 
filed 697 definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A, and 
registrants with a public float of zero and annual revenues greater 
than $50 million but less than $100 million filed 23 definitive 
proxy statements on Schedule 14A.
    \121\ We base our estimate of the reduced compliance burden for 
Schedule 14A for a smaller reporting company using all scaled 
disclosure available on our estimate of the compliance burden for 
Item 407(d)(5), (e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S-K, with which 
smaller reporting companies are not required to comply. We estimate 
this burden to be 0.75 burden hours and a cost of $100 (0.25 
professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Schedule 14A by up to 540 hours (0.75 internal hours saved 
per filing x 720 filings) and decrease the cost by up to $72,000 
(0.25 professional hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = $100 
external cost savings per filing x 720 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that newly eligible registrants realize approximately 80% 
of these savings, we estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for 
Schedule 14A would be 432 internal burden hours and costs of 
$57,600.\122\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \122\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for 
Schedule 14A is based on 80% x 540 internal hours saved = 432 
internal hours saved and 80% x $72,000.00 external cost savings = 
$57,600.00 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

4. Schedule 14C
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file approximately 11 definitive information 
statements on Schedule 14C.\123\ We estimate that if these registrants 
use all of the scaled smaller reporting company requirements, they 
would save eight burden hours and an aggregate cost of $1,100.\124\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \123\ We base this estimate on the number of definitive 
information statements on Schedule 14C filed in 2015 by registrants 
that would have been newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under 
the proposed amendments. Based on data collected by DERA, 
registrants with a public float greater than $75 million but less 
than $250 million filed 11 definitive information statements on 
Schedule 14C, and registrants with a public float of zero and annual 
revenues greater than $50 million but less than $100 million filed 
no definitive information statements on Schedule 14C.
    \124\ Similar to Schedule 14A, we base our estimate of the 
decrease in the compliance burden for Schedule 14C for a smaller 
reporting company using all scaled disclosure available on our 
estimate of the compliance burden for Item 407(d)(5), (e)(4) and 
(e)(5) of Regulation S-K, which is 0.75 burden hours and a cost of 
$100 (0.25 professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Schedule 14C by up to 8.25 hours (0.75 internal hours 
saved per filing x 11 filings) and decrease the cost by up to $1,100 
(0.25 professional hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = $100 
external cost savings per filing x 11 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that newly eligible registrants realize approximately 80% 
of these savings, we estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for 
Schedule 14C would be seven internal burden hours and costs of 
$880.\125\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \125\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for 
Schedule 14C is based on 80% x 8.25 internal hours saved = 6.6 
internal hours saved and 80% x $1,100.00 external cost savings = 
$880.00 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Form 10
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file one registration statement on Form 10.\126\ We 
estimate that if this registrant uses all of the scaled smaller 
reporting company requirements, it would save nine burden hours and an 
aggregate cost of $11,100.\127\ Due to the low number of Form 10 
filers, the reduced number of scaled disclosure accommodations 
available to EGCs for purposes of Form 10, and rounding considerations, 
we assume that any newly eligible registrant would realize the full 
extent of these savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \126\ We base our estimated number of each type of registration 
statement filed on the average number of that type of registration 
statement filed in each of the calendar years 2013 through 2015 by 
registrants that would have been newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure under the proposed amendments. Based on data collected by 
DERA, during 2013 through 2015, registrants with a public float 
greater than $75 million but less than $250 million filed one 
registration statement on Form 10 during the period 2013 through 
2015, and registrants with a public float of zero and revenues 
greater than $50 million but less than $100 million filed an average 
of one registration statement on Form 10 each year.
    \127\ We estimate the compliance burden for a Form 10 for a 
smaller reporting company using all scaled disclosure available to 
be the same as the last available PRA inventory for completing a 
Form 10-SB, which was 44.50 burden hours and a cost of $53,400 
(133.50 professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form 10 by up to 9.25 hours (53.75 internal hours per 
filing using standard Regulation S-K disclosure minus 44.50 internal 
hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 9.25 internal hours saved 
per filing x 1 filing) and decrease the cost by up to $11,100 
(161.25 professional hours per filing using standard Regulation S-K 
disclosure minus 133.50 professional hours per filing using scaled 
disclosure = 27.75 external hours saved per filing x $400 per hour = 
$11,100 external cost savings per filing x 1 filing).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

6. Form S-1
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file approximately 52 registration statements on Form 
S-1.\128\ We estimate that if these registrants use all of the scaled 
smaller reporting company

[[Page 43150]]

requirements, they would save 4,346 burden hours and an aggregate cost 
of $5,215,392.\129\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \128\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013 through 2015, 
registrants with a public float greater than $75 million but less 
than $250 million filed an average of approximately 26 registration 
statements on Form S-1 each year, and registrants with a public 
float of zero and revenues greater than $50 million but less than 
$100 million filed an average of approximately 26 registration 
statements on Form S-1 each year.
    \129\ We estimate the compliance burden for a Form S-1 for a 
smaller reporting company using all scaled disclosure available to 
be the same as the last available PRA inventory for completing a 
Form SB-2, which was 159.50 burden hours and a cost of $191,400 
(478.50 professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form S-1 by up to 4,346.16 hours (243.08 internal hours 
per filing using standard Regulation S-K disclosure minus 159.50 
internal hours per filing using scaled disclosure = 83.58 internal 
hours saved per filing x 52 filings) and decrease the cost by up to 
$5,215,392 (729.24 professional hours per filing using standard 
Regulation S-K disclosure minus 478.50 professional hours per filing 
using scaled disclosure = 250.74 external hours saved per filing x 
$400 per hour = $100,296 external cost savings per filing x 52 
filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that newly eligible registrants realize approximately 80% 
of these savings, we estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for 
Form S-1 would be 3,477 internal burden hours and costs of 
$4,172,314.\130\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \130\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
S-1 is based on 80% x 4,346.16 internal hours saved = 3,476.93 
internal hours saved and 80% x $5,215,392.00 external cost savings = 
$4,172,313.60 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

7. Form S-3
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file approximately 183 registration statements on Form 
S-3.\131\ We estimate that if these registrants use all of the scaled 
smaller reporting company requirements, they would save 46 burden hours 
and an aggregate cost of $54,900.\132\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \131\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013 through 2015, 
registrants with a public float greater than $75 million but less 
than $250 million filed an average of approximately 181 registration 
statements on Form S-3 each year, and registrants with a public 
float of zero and revenues greater than $50 million but less than 
$100 million filed an average of approximately two registration 
statements on Form S-3.
    \132\ We base our estimate of the reduced compliance burden for 
Form S-3 for a smaller reporting company using all scaled disclosure 
available on our estimate of the average compliance burden for Items 
503(d) and 504 of Regulation S-K, which requirements are scaled for 
smaller reporting companies. We estimate the decrease in compliance 
burden for a registration statement on Form S-3 for a smaller 
reporting company using all scaled disclosure available to be 0.25 
burden hours and a cost of $300 (0.75 professional hours x $400/
hour) per filing.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form S-3 by up to 45.75 hours (0.25 internal hours saved 
per filing x 183 filings) and decrease the cost by up to $54,900 
($300 external cost savings per filing x 183 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that newly eligible registrants realize approximately 80% 
of these savings, we estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for 
Form S-3 would be 37 internal burden hours and costs of $43,920.\133\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \133\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
S-3 is based on 80% x 45.75 internal hours saved = 36.60 internal 
hours saved and 80% x $54,900.00 external cost savings = $43,920.00 
external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

8. Form S-4
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file approximately 32 registration statements on Form 
S-4.\134\ We estimate that if these registrants use all of the scaled 
smaller reporting company requirements, they would save 2,675 burden 
hours and an aggregate cost of $3,209,472.\135\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \134\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013 through 2015, 
registrants with a public float greater than $75 million but less 
than $250 million filed an average of approximately 29 registration 
statements on Form S-4 each year, and registrants with a public 
float of zero and revenues greater than $50 million but less than 
$100 million filed an average of approximately three registration 
statements on Form S-4.
    \135\ We estimate the reduction in the compliance burden for 
Form S-4 for a smaller reporting company using all scaled disclosure 
available to be the same as the reduction in the compliance burden 
for a Form S-1 for a smaller reporting company using all scaled 
disclosure available as compared to standard Regulation S-K 
disclosure, which was 83.58 burden hours and a cost of $100,296 
(250.74 professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form S-4 by up to 2,674.56 hours (83.58 internal hours 
saved per filing x 32 filings) and decrease the annual cost by up to 
$3,209,472 ($100,296 external cost savings per filing x 32 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Assuming that newly eligible registrants realize approximately 80% 
of these savings, we estimate that the aggregate decrease in burden for 
Form S-4 would be 2,140 internal burden hours and costs of 
$2,567,578.\136\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \136\ This estimated decrease in the compliance burden for Form 
S-4 is based on 80% x 2,674.56 internal hours saved = 2,139.65 
internal hours saved and 80% x $3,209,472.00 external cost savings = 
$2,567,577.60 external cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

9. Form S-11
    We estimate that registrants newly eligible to use scaled 
disclosure would file approximately three registration statements on 
Form S-11.\137\ We estimate that if these registrants use all of the 
scaled smaller reporting company requirements, they would save 251 
burden hours and an aggregate cost of $300,888.\138\ Due to the low 
number of Form S-11 filers and rounding considerations, we assume that 
the newly eligible registrants would realize the full extent of these 
savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \137\ Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013 through 2015, 
registrants with a public float greater than $75 million but less 
than $250 million filed an average of approximately two registration 
statements on Form S-11 each year, and registrants with a public 
float of zero and revenues greater than $50 million but less than 
$100 million filed an average of approximately one registration 
statement on Form S-11.
    \138\ We estimate the reduction in the compliance burden for 
Form S-11 for a smaller reporting company using all scaled 
disclosure available to be the same as reduction in the compliance 
burden for Form S-1 for a smaller reporting company using all scaled 
disclosure available as compared to standard Regulation S-K 
disclosure, which was 83.58 burden hours and a cost of $100,296 
(250.74 professional hours x $400/hour) per report.
    Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease the compliance 
burden of Form S-11 by up to 250.74 hours (83.58 internal hours 
saved per filing x 3 filings) and decrease the annual cost by up to 
$300,888.00 ($100,296 external cost savings per filing x 3 filings).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Request for Comment

    We request comment to:
     Evaluate whether the collections of information are 
necessary for the proper performance of our functions, including 
whether the information will have practical utility;
     evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the burden of 
collections of information;
     determine whether there are ways to enhance the quality, 
utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
     evaluate whether there are ways to minimize the burden of 
the collections of information on those who respond, including through 
the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of 
information technology; and
     evaluate whether the proposed amendments would have any 
effects on any other collections of information not previously 
identified in this section.\139\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \139\ Comments are requested pursuant to 44 U.S.C. 
3506(c)(2)(B).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    Any member of the public may direct to us any comments about the 
accuracy of these burden estimates and any suggestions for reducing 
these burdens. Persons submitting comments on the collection of 
information requirements should direct the comments to the Office of 
Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, 
Washington, DC 20503, and should send a copy to Brent J. Fields, 
Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., 
Washington, DC 20549-1090, with reference to File No. S7-XX-XX. 
Requests for materials submitted to OMB by the Commission with regard 
to these collections of information should be in writing, refer to File 
No. S7-XX-XX, and be submitted to the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, Office of FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 
20549-2736. OMB is required to make a decision concerning the 
collection of information between 30

[[Page 43151]]

and 60 days after publication of this release. Consequently, a comment 
to OMB is best assured of having its full effect if OMB receives it 
within 30 days of publication.

V. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis

    The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) \140\ requires us, in 
promulgating rules under Section 553 of the Administrative Procedure 
Act,\141\ to consider the impact of those rules on small entities. We 
have prepared this Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) in 
accordance with Section 603 of the RFA.\142\ This IRFA relates to the 
proposed amendments to the smaller reporting company definition as used 
in our rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \140\ 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.
    \141\ 5 U.S.C. 553.
    \142\ 5 U.S.C. 603.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

A. Reasons for, and Objectives of, the Action

    Small businesses, the ACSEC, the Small Business Forum, Congress and 
others have raised concerns about the burden of our disclosure rules on 
smaller registrants. The primary reason for, and objective of, the 
proposed amendments to the smaller reporting company definition is to 
reduce the disclosure burdens on smaller registrants by expanding the 
number of registrants that qualify as smaller reporting companies. The 
primary reason for, and objective of, the proposed amendments to the 
accelerated filer and large accelerated filer definitions is to 
maintain the status quo regarding the category of registrants that are 
subject to accelerated and large accelerated filer disclosure and 
filing requirements.
    The ACSEC and the Small Business Forum have recommended that we 
revise the smaller reporting company definition to include registrants 
with a public float of up to $250 million. The proposed amendments are 
responsive to those recommendations.
    The FAST Act requires us to revise Regulation S-K to further scale 
or eliminate disclosure requirements to reduce the burden on a variety 
of smaller registrants, including smaller reporting companies, while 
still providing all material information to investors. A number of 
existing Regulation S-K disclosure requirements provide smaller 
reporting companies with the opportunity to provide scaled disclosures 
in their Commission filings. Raising the financial thresholds in the 
smaller reporting company definition would be responsive to the FAST 
Act because it would reduce the burden on smaller registrants by 
increasing the number of registrants eligible to provide scaled 
disclosures.

B. Legal Basis

    We are proposing the amendments pursuant to Sections 7, 10 and 19 
of the Securities Act, Sections 3(b), 12, 13, 15(d) and 23(a) of the 
Exchange Act and Section 72002 of the FAST Act.

C. Small Entities Subject to the Proposed Amendments

    For purposes of the RFA, under Securities Act Rule 157 \143\ an 
issuer, other than an investment company, is a ``small business'' or 
``small organization'' if it had total assets of $5 million or less on 
the last day of its most recent fiscal year and is engaged or proposing 
to engage in an offering of securities not exceeding $5 million. Under 
Exchange Act Rule 0-10(a),\144\ an issuer, other than an investment 
company, is a ``small business'' or ``small organization'' if it had 
total assets of $5 million or less on the last day of its most recent 
fiscal year. For purposes of the RFA, under our rules an investment 
company is a small entity if it, together with other investment 
companies in the same group of related investment companies, has net 
assets of $50 million or less as of the end of its most recent fiscal 
year.\145\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \143\ 17 CFR 230.157.
    \144\ 17 CFR 240.0-10(a).
    \145\ 17 CFR 270.0-10(a).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    The proposed amendments would increase the financial thresholds in 
the smaller reporting company definition. We estimate that there are 
currently 837 entities that qualify as ``small'' under the definitions 
set forth above.\146\ We believe it is likely that virtually all small 
businesses or small organizations, as defined in our rules described 
above, are already encompassed within the current smaller reporting 
company definition and would continue to be encompassed within the 
definition if the proposed amendments were adopted. To the extent any 
small business or small organization, as defined for RFA purposes, is 
not already encompassed within the current smaller reporting company 
definition, we believe it is likely that the proposed amendments would 
capture those entities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \146\ Staff estimate based on review of Form 10-K filings with 
fiscal periods ending between January 31, 2015 and January 31, 2016.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and Other Compliance Requirements

    The proposed amendments to the smaller reporting company definition 
would increase the number of registrants eligible to provide scaled 
disclosures in response to Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X disclosure 
requirements. The proposed amendments do not revise the scaled 
disclosure requirements themselves.
    If the proposed amendments were adopted, registrants with public 
floats in excess of $75 million and less than $250 million would become 
eligible to provide scaled disclosures. Registrants with zero public 
float and revenues in excess of $50 million and less than $100 million 
in the most recent fiscal year also would become eligible to provide 
scaled disclosures. Registrants with less than $75 million of public 
float and registrants with zero public float and less than $50 million 
in annual revenues would not be impacted by the proposed amendments 
because they already are eligible to provide scaled disclosures.
    The proposed amendments would not increase the overall disclosure 
requirements for small entities and could decrease substantially the 
disclosures required for registrants with public floats between $75 
million and $250 million and registrants with zero public float and 
annual revenues between $50 million and $100 million.
    Item 404 is the only disclosure item in Regulation S-K that may 
require more extensive information for smaller reporting companies than 
for non-smaller reporting companies. Item 404(d)(1) requires disclosure 
of transactions with related persons that exceed the lesser of $120,000 
or 1% of the average of the smaller reporting company's total assets at 
year end for the last two completed fiscal years. This requirement may 
be more burdensome to a smaller reporting company if 1% of its average 
total assets is less than $120,000, which is the disclosure threshold 
for non-smaller reporting companies. This disclosure requirement would 
affect only smaller reporting companies with related person 
transactions. Item 404 also requires disclosure, only by smaller 
reporting companies, about parents and underwriting discounts and 
commissions where a related person is a principal underwriter or a 
controlling person or member of a firm that was or is going to be a 
principal underwriter. In addition, for filings other than registration 
statements, Item 404 requires smaller reporting companies to provide 
information covering an additional year.

[[Page 43152]]

E. Overlapping or Conflicting Federal Rules

    We do not believe any current federal rules duplicate, overlap or 
conflict with the proposed amendments.

F. Significant Alternatives

    The RFA directs us to consider significant alternatives that would 
accomplish the stated objectives of our proposed amendments, while 
minimizing any significant adverse impact on small entities. 
Accordingly, we considered the following alternatives:
     Establishing different compliance or reporting 
requirements or timetables that take into account the resources 
available to small entities;
     clarifying, consolidating or simplifying compliance and 
reporting requirements for small entities under our rules as revised by 
the proposed amendments;
     using performance rather than design standards; and
     exempting small entities from coverage of all or part of 
the proposed amendments.
    The proposed amendments generally do not create any new compliance 
or reporting requirements. Instead, they would expand the number of 
companies eligible for the different compliance and reporting 
requirements available to smaller reporting companies.\147\ As a 
result, we do not believe it is necessary or appropriate to exempt 
small entities in connection with this rulemaking. The proposed 
amendments are intended to increase the number of registrants eligible 
to provide scaled disclosures under Regulation S-K and Regulation S-X. 
We believe that some of the registrants that would become eligible to 
provide scaled disclosures if the proposed amendments are adopted may 
be smaller entities. Therefore, we believe that the proposed amendments 
may simplify compliance and reporting requirements for small entities. 
With respect to the use of performance rather than design standards, 
because the proposed amendments are not expected to have any 
significant adverse effect on small entities (and may, in fact, relieve 
burdens for some such entities), we do not believe it is necessary to 
use performance standards in connection with this rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \147\ As discussed in Section V.D, Item 404 is the only 
disclosure item in Regulation S-K that may require more extensive 
information for smaller reporting companies than for non-smaller 
reporting companies.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    In Section III, above, we discuss additional alternatives that we 
have considered. We note that those alternatives, such as using a 
different threshold or different standard for determining smaller 
reporting company status, are unlikely to have a significant effect on 
smaller entities because, as noted above, we believe virtually all 
small entities are already eligible for smaller reporting company 
status. Similarly, with respect to the alternative of not amending the 
accelerated and large accelerated filer definitions, we believe there 
are very few small entities that would be considered accelerated filers 
under the current definitions, and, therefore, this alternative would 
not significantly affect small entities.

G. General Request for Comment

    We encourage comments with respect to any aspect of this IRFA. In 
particular, we request comments on:
     The number of small entities that may be affected by the 
proposed amendments;
     The existence or nature of the potential impact of the 
proposals on small entities discussed in the analysis; and
     How to quantify the impact of the proposed amendments.
    Commenters should describe the nature of any impact and provide 
empirical data supporting the extent of the impact. Any comments we 
receive will be considered in the preparation of the Final Regulatory 
Flexibility Analysis, if the proposed amendments are adopted, and will 
be placed in the same public file as comments on the proposed 
amendments themselves.

VI. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act

    For purposes of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness 
Act of 1996 (SBREFA),\148\ the Commission must advise the OMB as to 
whether a proposed regulation constitutes a ``major'' rule. Under 
SBREFA, a rule is considered ``major'' where, if adopted, it results or 
is likely to result in:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    \148\ 5 U.S.C. 801 et seq.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     An annual effect on the economy of $100 million or more 
(either in the form of an increase or a decrease);
     a major increase in costs or prices for consumers or 
individual industries; or
     significant adverse effects on competition, investment or 
innovation.

If a rule is ``major,'' its effectiveness will generally be delayed for 
60 days pending Congressional review.
    We request comment on whether our proposed amendments would be a 
``major rule'' for purposes of SBREFA. We solicit comment and empirical 
data on:
     The potential effect on the U.S. economy on an annual 
basis;
     any potential increase in costs or prices for consumers or 
individual industries; and
     any potential effect on competition, investment or 
innovation.

We request those submitting comments to provide empirical data and 
other factual support for their views to the extent possible.

VII. Statutory Basis and Text of Proposed Rules

    The rule amendments described in this release are being proposed 
pursuant to Sections 7, 10 and 19 of the Securities Act (15 U.S.C. 77a 
et seq.), as amended, Sections 3(b), 12, 13, 15(d) and 23(a) of the 
Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.), as amended, and Section 72002 of 
the FAST Act.

List of Subjects in 17 CFR Parts 210, 229, 230, 240

    Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Securities.

    For the reasons set out in the preamble, the Commission is 
proposing to amend Title 17, Chapter II of the Code of Federal 
Regulations as follows:

PART 229--STANDARD INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING FORMS UNDER SECURITIES 
ACT OF 1933, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 AND ENERGY POLICY AND 
CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975--REGULATION S-K

0
1. The authority citation for part 229 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77k, 77s, 77z-2, 
77z-3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26), 77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj, 
77nnn, 77sss, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78j-3, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o, 78u-
5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-9, 80a-20, 80a-29, 80a-30, 80a-31(c), 
80a-37, 80a-38(a), 80a-39, 80b-11, and 7201 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. 
1350 unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *
0
2. Amend Sec.  229.10 by revising paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) to read 
as follows:


Sec.  229.10  (Item 10) General.

* * * * *
    (f) * * *
    (1) Definition of smaller reporting company. As used in this part, 
the term smaller reporting company means an issuer that is not an 
investment company, an asset-backed issuer (as defined in Sec.  
229.1101), or a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a 
smaller reporting company and that:
    (i) Had a public float of less than $250 million as of the last 
business day of its

[[Page 43153]]

most recently completed second fiscal quarter, computed by multiplying 
the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-voting 
common equity held by non-affiliates by the price at which the common 
equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and asked prices of 
common equity, in the principal market for the common equity; or
    (ii) In the case of an initial registration statement under the 
Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common equity, had a 
public float of less than $250 million as of a date within 30 days of 
the date of the filing of the registration statement, computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of such shares held by non-
affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities 
Act registration statement, the number of such shares included in the 
registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the 
shares; or
    (iii) In the case of an issuer whose public float as calculated 
under paragraph (i) or (ii) of this definition was zero, had annual 
revenues of less than $100 million during the most recently completed 
fiscal year for which audited financial statements are available.
    (2) Determination. Whether or not an issuer is a smaller reporting 
company is determined on an annual basis.
    (i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the determination is based on 
whether the issuer came within the definition of smaller reporting 
company, using the amounts specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) or 
(f)(1)(iii) of this Item, as of the last business day of the second 
fiscal quarter of the issuer's previous fiscal year. An issuer in this 
category must reflect this determination in the information it provides 
in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the first fiscal quarter of 
the next year, indicating on the cover page of that filing, and in 
subsequent filings for that fiscal year, whether or not it is a smaller 
reporting company, except that, if a determination based on public 
float indicates that the issuer is newly eligible to be a smaller 
reporting company, the issuer may choose to reflect this determination 
beginning with its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q following the 
determination, rather than waiting until the first fiscal quarter of 
the next year.
    (ii) For determinations based on an initial Securities Act or 
Exchange Act registration statement under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of this 
Item, the issuer must reflect the determination in the information it 
provides in the registration statement and must appropriately indicate 
on the cover page of the filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal 
year in which the filing is made, whether or not it is a smaller 
reporting company. The issuer must redetermine its status at the end of 
its second fiscal quarter and then reflect any change in status as 
provided in paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this Item. In the case of a 
determination based on an initial Securities Act registration 
statement, an issuer that was not determined to be a smaller reporting 
company has the option to redetermine its status at the conclusion of 
the offering covered by the registration statement based on the actual 
offering price and number of shares sold.
    (iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for 
smaller reporting company status, it will remain unqualified unless it 
determines that its public float, as calculated in accordance with 
paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this Item, was less than $200 million as of the 
last business day of its second fiscal quarter or, if that calculation 
results in zero because the issuer had no public equity outstanding or 
no market price for its equity existed, if the issuer had annual 
revenues of less than $80 million during its previous fiscal year.
* * * * *

PART 230--GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

0
3. The authority citation for part 230 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77b note, 77c, 77d, 77f, 77g, 77h, 
77j, 77r, 77s, 77z-3, 77sss, 78c, 78d, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78o-
7 note, 78t, 78w, 78ll(d), 78mm, 80a-8, 80a-24, 80a-28, 80a-29, 80a-
30, and 80a-37, and Pub. L. 112-106, sec. 201(a), sec. 401, 126 
Stat. 313 (2012), unless otherwise noted.
* * * * *
0
4. Amend Sec.  230.405 by revising the definition of ``smaller 
reporting company'' to read as follows:


Sec.  230.405  Definitions of terms.

* * * * *
    Smaller reporting company. As used in this part, the term smaller 
reporting company means an issuer that is not an investment company, an 
asset-backed issuer (as defined in Sec.  229.1101 of this chapter), or 
a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting 
company and that:
    (1) Had a public float of less than $250 million as of the last 
business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, 
computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its 
voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price 
at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and 
asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common 
equity; or
    (2) In the case of an initial registration statement under the 
Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common equity, had a 
public float of less than $250 million as of a date within 30 days of 
the date of the filing of the registration statement, computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of such shares held by non-
affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities 
Act registration statement, the number of such shares included in the 
registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the 
shares; or
    (3) In the case of an issuer whose public float as calculated under 
paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition was zero, had annual revenues 
of less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available.
    (4) Determination. Whether or not an issuer is a smaller reporting 
company is determined on an annual basis.
    (i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the determination is based on 
whether the issuer came within the definition of smaller reporting 
company using the amounts specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) or 
(f)(1)(iii) of Item 10 of Regulation S-K (Sec.  229.10(f)(1)(i) or 
Sec.  229.10(f)(1)(iii) of this chapter), as of the last business day 
of the second fiscal quarter of the issuer's previous fiscal year. An 
issuer in this category must reflect this determination in the 
information it provides in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the 
first fiscal quarter of the next year, indicating on the cover page of 
that filing, and in subsequent filings for that fiscal year, whether or 
not it is a smaller reporting company, except that, if a determination 
based on public float indicates that the issuer is newly eligible to be 
a smaller reporting company, the issuer may choose to reflect this 
determination beginning with its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q 
following the determination, rather than waiting until the first fiscal 
quarter of the next year.
    (ii) For determinations based on an initial Securities Act or 
Exchange Act registration statement under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of Item 
10 of Regulation S-K (Sec.  229.10(f)(1)(ii) of this chapter), the 
issuer must reflect the determination in the information it provides in 
the registration statement and must

[[Page 43154]]

appropriately indicate on the cover page of the filing, and subsequent 
filings for the fiscal year in which the filing is made, whether or not 
it is a smaller reporting company. The issuer must redetermine its 
status at the end of its second fiscal quarter and then reflect any 
change in status as provided in paragraph (4)(i) of this definition. In 
the case of a determination based on an initial Securities Act 
registration statement, an issuer that was not determined to be a 
smaller reporting company has the option to redetermine its status at 
the conclusion of the offering covered by the registration statement 
based on the actual offering price and number of shares sold.
    (iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for 
smaller reporting company status, it will remain unqualified unless it 
determines that its public float, as calculated in accordance with 
paragraph (1) of this definition, was less than $200 million as of the 
last business day of its second fiscal quarter or, if that calculation 
results in zero because the issuer had no public equity outstanding or 
no market price for its equity existed, if the issuer had annual 
revenues of less than $80 million during its previous fiscal year.
* * * * *

PART 240--GENERAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 
1934

0
5. The authority citation for part 240 continues to read in part as 
follows:

    Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j, 77s, 77z-2, 77z-3, 
77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn, 77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c-3, 78c-5, 78d, 78e, 78f, 
78g, 78i, 78j, 78j-1, 78k, 78k-1, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78n-1, 78o, 78o-4, 
78o-10, 78p, 78q, 78q-1, 78s, 78u-5, 78w, 78x, 78dd, 78ll, 78mm, 
80a-20, 80a-23, 80a-29, 80a-37, 80b-3, 80b-4, 80b-11, 7201 et seq., 
and 8302; 7 U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18 U.S.C. 1350; 
and Pub. L. 111-203, 939A, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010), unless otherwise 
noted.
* * * * *
0
6. Amend Sec.  240.12b-2 by:
0
a. Amending the definition of ``accelerated filer and large accelerated 
filer'' as follows:
0
i. Adding the word ``and'' at the end of paragraph (1)(ii);
0
ii. Removing ``; and'' at the end of paragraph (1)(iii) and in its 
place adding a period;
0
iii. Removing paragraph (1)(iv);
0
iv. Adding the word ``and'' at the end of paragraph (2)(ii);
0
v. Removing ``; and'' at the end of paragraph (2)(iii) and in its place 
adding a period; and
0
vi. Removing paragraph (2)(iv); and
0
b. Revising the definition of ``smaller reporting company.''
    The revision to read as follows:


Sec.  240.12b-2  Definitions.

* * * * *
    Smaller reporting company. As used in this part, the term smaller 
reporting company means an issuer that is not an investment company, an 
asset-backed issuer (as defined in Sec.  229.1101 of this chapter), or 
a majority-owned subsidiary of a parent that is not a smaller reporting 
company and that:
    (1) Had a public float of less than $250 million as of the last 
business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, 
computed by multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of shares of its 
voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates by the price 
at which the common equity was last sold, or the average of the bid and 
asked prices of common equity, in the principal market for the common 
equity; or
    (2) In the case of an initial registration statement under the 
Securities Act or Exchange Act for shares of its common equity, had a 
public float of less than $250 million as of a date within 30 days of 
the date of the filing of the registration statement, computed by 
multiplying the aggregate worldwide number of such shares held by non-
affiliates before the registration plus, in the case of a Securities 
Act registration statement, the number of such shares included in the 
registration statement by the estimated public offering price of the 
shares; or
    (3) In the case of an issuer whose public float as calculated under 
paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition was zero, had annual revenues 
of less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal 
year for which audited financial statements are available.
    (4) Determination. Whether or not an issuer is a smaller reporting 
company is determined on an annual basis.
    (i) For issuers that are required to file reports under section 
13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the determination is based on 
whether the issuer came within the definition of smaller reporting 
company using the amounts specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) or 
(f)(1)(iii) of Item 10 of Regulation S-K (Sec.  229.10(f)(1)(i) or 
Sec.  229.10(f)(1)(iii) of this chapter), as of the last business day 
of the second fiscal quarter of the issuer's previous fiscal year. An 
issuer in this category must reflect this determination in the 
information it provides in its quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the 
first fiscal quarter of the next year, indicating on the cover page of 
that filing, and in subsequent filings for that fiscal year, whether or 
not it is a smaller reporting company, except that, if a determination 
based on public float indicates that the issuer is newly eligible to be 
a smaller reporting company, the issuer may choose to reflect this 
determination beginning with its first quarterly report on Form 10-Q 
following the determination, rather than waiting until the first fiscal 
quarter of the next year.
    (ii) For determinations based on an initial Securities Act or 
Exchange Act registration statement under paragraph (f)(1)(ii) of Item 
10 of Regulation S-K (Sec.  229.10(f)(1)(ii) of this chapter), the 
issuer must reflect the determination in the information it provides in 
the registration statement and must appropriately indicate on the cover 
page of the filing, and subsequent filings for the fiscal year in which 
the filing is made, whether or not it is a smaller reporting company. 
The issuer must redetermine its status at the end of its second fiscal 
quarter and then reflect any change in status as provided in paragraph 
(4)(i) of this definition. In the case of a determination based on an 
initial Securities Act registration statement, an issuer that was not 
determined to be a smaller reporting company has the option to 
redetermine its status at the conclusion of the offering covered by the 
registration statement based on the actual offering price and number of 
shares sold.
    (iii) Once an issuer determines that it does not qualify for 
smaller reporting company status, it will remain unqualified unless it 
determines that its public float, as calculated in accordance with 
paragraph (1) of this definition, was less than $200 million as of the 
last business day of its second fiscal quarter or, if that calculation 
results in zero because the issuer had no public equity outstanding or 
no market price for its equity existed, if the issuer had annual 
revenues of less than $80 million during its previous fiscal year.
* * * * *

    By the Commission.

    Dated: June 27, 2016.
Brent J. Fields,
Secretary.
[FR Doc. 2016-15674 Filed 6-30-16; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 8011-01-P



                                                      43130                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      fund and does not own, directly or                      is requested, or a notification letter is              site viewing and printing in the
                                                      indirectly, 10 percent or more of another               received from BEA by a U.S. business                   Commission’s Public Reference Room,
                                                      business enterprise that is not also a                  enterprise that does not meet the filing               100 F Street NE., Washington, DC
                                                      private fund or a holding company, it is                requirements for the survey.                           20549, on official business days
                                                      not required to file any BE–13 report                   [FR Doc. 2016–15598 Filed 6–30–16; 8:45 am]            between the hours of 10:00 a.m. and
                                                      except to indicate exemption from the                   BILLING CODE 3510–06–P
                                                                                                                                                                     3:00 p.m. All comments received will be
                                                      survey if contacted by BEA.                                                                                    posted without change; the Commission
                                                         (c) Forms to be filed. Depending on                                                                         does not edit personal identifying
                                                      the type of investment transaction, U.S.                                                                       information from submissions. You
                                                                                                              SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
                                                      affiliates would report their information                                                                      should submit only information that
                                                                                                              COMMISSION
                                                      on one of five forms—BE–13A, BE–13B,                                                                           you wish to make available publicly.
                                                      BE–13D, BE–13E, or BE–13 Claim for                      17 CFR Parts 229, 230, and 240                            Studies, memoranda, or other
                                                      Exemption.                                                                                                     substantive items may be added by the
                                                         (1) Form BE–13A—Report for a U.S.                    [Release No. 33–10107; 34–78168; File No.              Commission or staff to the comment file
                                                      business enterprise when a foreign                      S7–12–16]
                                                                                                                                                                     during this rulemaking. A notification of
                                                      entity acquires a voting interest                       RIN 3235–AL90                                          the inclusion in the comment file of any
                                                      (directly, or indirectly through an                                                                            such materials will be made available
                                                      existing U.S. affiliate) in that U.S.                   Amendments to Smaller Reporting                        on the Commission’s Web site. To
                                                      business enterprise including segments,                 Company Definition                                     ensure direct electronic receipt of such
                                                      operating units, or real estate; and                                                                           notifications, sign up through the ‘‘Stay
                                                                                                              AGENCY:  Securities and Exchange
                                                         (i) The total cost of the acquisition is                                                                    Connected’’ option at www.sec.gov to
                                                                                                              Commission.
                                                      greater than $3 million; and                                                                                   receive notifications by email.
                                                         (ii) By this acquisition, the foreign                ACTION: Proposed rule.
                                                                                                                                                                     FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                      entity now owns at least 10 percent of                  SUMMARY:   We are proposing                            Amy Reischauer, Special Counsel,
                                                      the voting interest (directly, or                       amendments to the definition of                        Office of Small Business Policy,
                                                      indirectly through an existing U.S.                     ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ as used in               Division of Corporation Finance, at
                                                      affiliate) in the acquired U.S. business                our rules and regulations. The proposed                (202) 551–3460, U.S. Securities and
                                                      enterprise.                                             amendments, which would expand the                     Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE.,
                                                         (2) Form BE–13B—Report for a U.S.
                                                                                                              number of registrants that qualify as                  Washington, DC 20549–3628.
                                                      business enterprise when it is
                                                                                                              smaller reporting companies, are                       SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: We are
                                                      established by a foreign entity or by an
                                                                                                              intended to promote capital formation                  proposing amendments to Rule 405 1
                                                      existing U.S. affiliate of a foreign parent;
                                                                                                              and reduce compliance costs for smaller                under the Securities Act of 1933
                                                      and
                                                                                                              registrants, while maintaining investor                (Securities Act),2 Rule 12b–2 3 under the
                                                         (i) The expected total cost to establish
                                                                                                              protections. Registrants with less than                Securities Exchange Act of 1934
                                                      the new U.S. business enterprise is
                                                                                                              $250 million in public float would                     (Exchange Act) 4 and Item 10(f) 5 of
                                                      greater than $3 million; and
                                                         (ii) The foreign entity owns at least 10             qualify, as would registrants with zero                Regulation S–K.6
                                                      percent of the voting interest (directly,               public float if their revenues were below
                                                                                                              $100 million in the previous year.                     Table of Contents
                                                      or indirectly through an existing U.S.
                                                      affiliate) in the new U.S. business                     DATES: Comments should be received on                  I. Introduction
                                                      enterprise.                                             or before August 30, 2016.                             II. Proposed Amendments
                                                         (3) Form BE–13D—Report for an                        ADDRESSES: Comments may be                                A. Rationale for Proposed Amendments
                                                                                                                                                                        B. Proposed Amendments to Smaller
                                                      existing U.S. affiliate of a foreign parent             submitted by any of the following
                                                                                                                                                                           Reporting Company Definition
                                                      when it expands its operations to                       methods:                                                  1. Public Float Thresholds
                                                      include a new facility where business is                                                                          2. Revenue Thresholds
                                                                                                              Electronic Comments
                                                      conducted and the expected total cost of                                                                          C. Proposed Amendments to Accelerated
                                                      the expansion is greater than $3 million.                 • Use the Commission’s Internet                            Filer and Large Accelerated Filer
                                                         (4) Form BE–13E—Report for a U.S.                    comment form (http://www.sec.gov/                            Definitions
                                                      business enterprise that previously filed               rules/proposed.shtml);                                    D. Request for Comment
                                                      Form BE–13B or BE–13D. Form BE–13E                        • Send an email to rule-comments@                    III. Economic Analysis
                                                      collects updated cost information and                   sec.gov. Please include File No. S7–12–                   A. Baseline and Potential Affected Parties
                                                                                                              16 on the subject line; or                                B. Potential Economic Effects
                                                      will be collected annually until the
                                                      establishment or expansion of the U.S.                    • Use the Federal eRulemaking Portal                    1. Introduction
                                                                                                                                                                        2. Estimation of Potential Costs and
                                                      business enterprise is complete.                        (http://www.regulations.gov). Follow the
                                                                                                                                                                           Benefits
                                                         (5) Form BE–13 Claim for                             instructions for submitting comments.                     3. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse
                                                      Exemption—Report for a U.S. business                    Paper Comments                                               Selection
                                                      enterprise that:                                                                                                  4. Effects on Efficiency, Competition and
                                                         (i) was contacted by BEA but does not                   • Send paper comments to Secretary,                       Capital Formation
                                                      meet the requirements for filing Forms                  Securities and Exchange Commission,                       C. Possible Alternatives
                                                      BE–13A, BE–13B, or BE–13D; or                           100 F Street NE., Washington, DC                          D. Request for Comment
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         (ii) whether or not contacted by BEA,                20549–1090.                                            IV. Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                      met all requirements for filing Forms                   All submissions should refer to File                      A. Background
                                                                                                                                                                        B. Summary of Information Collections
                                                      BE–13A, BE–13B, or BE–13D except the                    Number S7–12–16. To help us process
                                                      $3 million reporting threshold.                         and review your comments more                            1 17 CFR 230.405.
                                                         (d) Due date. The BE–13 forms are                    efficiently, please use only one method.                 2 15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.
                                                      due no later than 45 calendar days after                The Commission will post all comments                    3 17 CFR 240.12b–2.
                                                      the acquisition is completed, the new                   on the Commission’s Web site (http://                    4 15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.

                                                      U.S. business enterprise is established,                www.sec.gov/rules/proposed.shtml).                       5 17 CFR 229.10(f).

                                                      the expansion is begun, the cost update                 Comments are also available for Web                      6 17 CFR 229.10 et seq.




                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM    01JYP1


                                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                        43131

                                                        C. Burden and Cost Estimates                               reduce compliance costs for smaller                     annual revenues and public floats of
                                                        1. Form 10–K                                               registrants while maintaining investor                  less than $25 million.
                                                        2. Form 10–Q                                               protections.7 Our disclosure system
                                                        3. Schedule 14A                                                                                                       Smaller reporting company is defined
                                                        4. Schedule 14C                                            provides accommodations in the form of                  in Securities Act Rule 405, Exchange
                                                        5. Form 10                                                 scaled disclosure requirements for                      Act Rule 12b–2 and Item 10(f) of
                                                        6. Form S–1                                                certain categories of smaller registrants               Regulation S–K. Substantively, the three
                                                        7. Form S–3                                                in an attempt to further these goals.                   definitions are identical. Smaller
                                                        8. Form S–4
                                                        9. Form S–11                                                  Smaller reporting companies are one                  reporting companies generally 11 are
                                                        D. Request for Comment                                     category of registrants eligible for scaled             registrants with:
                                                      V. Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis                   disclosure.8 The Commission                                • Less than $75 million in public
                                                        A. Reasons for, and Objectives of, the                     established the smaller reporting                       float as of the last business day of their
                                                           Action                                                  company category of registrants in 2007
                                                        B. Legal Basis
                                                                                                                                                                           most recently completed second fiscal
                                                                                                                   in an effort to provide general regulatory              quarter; 12 or
                                                        C. Small Entities Subject to the Proposed
                                                                                                                   relief for smaller registrants.9 The
                                                           Amendments
                                                                                                                   smaller reporting company definition                       • zero public float 13 and annual
                                                        D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping and                                                                          revenues of less than $50 million during
                                                           Other Compliance Requirements                           replaced the ‘‘small business issuer’’
                                                        E. Overlapping or Conflicting Federal                      definition in former Regulation S–B.                    the most recently completed fiscal year
                                                           Rules                                                   The Commission created Regulation S–                    for which audited financial statements
                                                        F. Significant Alternatives                                B, a small business integrated                          are available.
                                                        G. General Request for Comment                             registration and reporting system, in                      Smaller reporting companies may
                                                      VI. Small Business Regulatory Enforcement
                                                                                                                   1992 as part of a larger effort to facilitate           comply selectively with the scaled
                                                           Fairness Act
                                                      VII. Statutory Basis and Text of Proposed                    small business capital formation and                    disclosures available to them on an
                                                           Rules                                                   reduce the compliance burdens placed                    item-by-item basis.14 The following
                                                                                                                   on small registrants by the federal                     table summarizes the scaled disclosure
                                                      I. Introduction                                              securities laws.10 Regulation S–B was                   accommodations available to smaller
                                                         Over the years, the Commission has                        specifically tailored to small business                 reporting companies in Regulation S–K
                                                      sought to promote capital formation and                      issuers, which were issuers with both                   and Regulation S–X.15



                                                                                       Item                                                                  Scaled disclosure accommodation

                                                                                                                                     Regulation S–K

                                                      101—Description of Business ............................................   May satisfy disclosure obligations by describing the development of its business dur-
                                                                                                                                  ing the last three years rather than five years. Business development description
                                                                                                                                  requirements are less detailed than disclosure requirements for non-smaller report-
                                                                                                                                  ing companies.


                                                         7 See, e.g., Simplified Registration and Reporting        established the smaller reporting company               principal market for the common equity. A
                                                      Requirements for Small Issuers, Release No. 33–              definition. Regulation S–B was modeled after            registrant filing its initial registration statement
                                                      6049 (Apr. 3, 1979) [44 FR 21562 (Apr. 10, 1979)]            former Form S–18, which allowed issuers that were       under the Securities Act or Exchange Act calculates
                                                      (Form S–18 Release); Small Business Initiatives,             not subject to the Commission’s reporting               its public float by multiplying the aggregate
                                                      Release No. 33–6924 (Mar. 11, 1992) [57 FR 9768              requirements to raise limited amounts of capital        worldwide number of shares of its voting and non-
                                                      (Mar. 20, 1992)].                                            without immediately incurring the full range of         voting common equity held by non-affiliates before
                                                         8 In 2012, Title I of the JOBS Act created a new          disclosure and reporting obligations required of
                                                                                                                                                                           the registration plus, in the case of a Securities Act
                                                      category of registrant called an ‘‘emerging growth           other issuers. See Form S–18 Release. While Form
                                                                                                                                                                           registration statement, the number of such shares
                                                      company.’’ Pub. L. 112–106, Secs. 102–104, 126               S–18 was intended to facilitate small business
                                                                                                                   access to public capital markets, eligibility to use    included in the registration statement by the
                                                      Stat. 306 (2012). Emerging growth companies
                                                                                                                   the form was based on offering size, not issuer size.   estimated public offering price of the shares. In
                                                      (EGCs) also are eligible for a variety of
                                                      accommodations, including certain of the scaled              The Commission rescinded Form S–18 when it              contrast, market capitalization reflects the value of
                                                      disclosure accommodations available to smaller               adopted Regulation S–B.                                 a registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity
                                                      reporting companies, such as the scaled executive              11 The smaller reporting company definition           held by all holders, whether affiliates or non-
                                                      compensation disclosures under Item 402(l)                   specifically excludes investment companies, asset-      affiliates.
                                                      through (r) of Regulation S–K. In addition, EGCs are                                                                    13 A registrant may have zero public float because
                                                                                                                   backed issuers (as defined in Item 1101 of
                                                      exempt from the Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b)            Regulation AB [17 CFR 229.1101]) and majority-          it has no public equity outstanding or no market
                                                      auditor attestation of internal control over financial       owned subsidiaries of a parent that is not a smaller    price for its equity exists. Based on data compiled
                                                      reporting. For a discussion of scaled disclosure             reporting company. Lower public float and revenue       by the Commission’s Division of Economic and Risk
                                                      accommodations available to EGCs, see Business               thresholds apply to registrants that determined that    Analysis (DERA), in calendar year 2015,
                                                      and Financial Disclosure Required by Regulation S–           they did not qualify as smaller reporting companies     approximately 18 percent of smaller reporting
                                                      K, Release No. 33–10064 (Apr. 13, 2016) [81 FR               in the prior year, but are eligible to transition to    companies had no public float.
                                                      23915 (April 22, 2016)] (Regulation S–K Concept              smaller reporting company status. Specifically,            14 See Smaller Reporting Company Adopting
                                                      Release).                                                    these registrants would qualify as smaller reporting    Release. Where a disclosure requirement applicable
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         A registrant qualifies as an EGC if it did not            companies if their public float was less than $50
                                                      complete its first registered sale of common equity                                                                  to smaller reporting companies is more stringent
                                                                                                                   million as of the last business day of their most
                                                      securities on or before December 8, 2011 and has                                                                     than the corresponding requirement for non-smaller
                                                                                                                   recently completed second fiscal quarter or they
                                                      total annual gross revenues of less than $1 billion          had zero public float as of such date and revenues      reporting companies, however, smaller reporting
                                                      during its most recently completed fiscal year.              of less than $40 million during the previous fiscal     companies must comply with the more stringent
                                                         9 Smaller Reporting Company Regulatory Relief             year.                                                   standard. The Smaller Reporting Company
                                                      and Simplification, Release No. 33–8876 (Dec. 19,              12 Public float is computed by multiplying the        Adopting Release identified Item 404 of Regulation
                                                      2007) [73 FR 934 (Jan. 4, 2008)] (Smaller Reporting          aggregate worldwide number of shares of a               S–K [17 CFR 229.404] as the only instance in
                                                      Company Adopting Release).                                   registrant’s voting and non-voting common equity        Regulation S–K in which the disclosure
                                                         10 Small Business Initiatives, Release No. 33–6949        held by non-affiliates by the price at which the        requirements applicable to smaller reporting
                                                      (July 30, 1992) [57 FR 36442 (Aug. 13, 1992)]. The           common equity was last sold, or the average of the      companies could be more stringent.
                                                      Commission rescinded Regulation S–B when it                  bid and asked prices of common equity, in the              15 17 CFR 210.1–01 et seq.




                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014     17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001    PO 00000     Frm 00017   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43132                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules



                                                                                           Item                                                                        Scaled disclosure accommodation

                                                      201—Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s                                Stock performance graph not required.
                                                        Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.
                                                      301—Selected Financial Data ...........................................              Not required.
                                                      302—Supplementary Financial Information .......................                      Not required.
                                                      303—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Finan-                                   Two-year MD&A comparison rather than three-year comparison.
                                                        cial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A).
                                                                                                                                           Two-year discussion of impact of inflation and changes in prices rather than three
                                                                                                                                             years.
                                                                                                                                           Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations not required.
                                                      305—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About                                   Not required.
                                                        Market Risk.
                                                      402—Executive Compensation ..........................................                Three named executive officers rather than five.
                                                                                                                                           Two years of summary compensation table information rather than three.
                                                                                                                                           Not required:
                                                                                                                                             • Compensation discussion and analysis.
                                                                                                                                             • Grants of plan-based awards table.
                                                                                                                                             • Option exercises and stock vested table.
                                                                                                                                             • Pension benefits table.
                                                                                                                                             • Nonqualified deferred compensation table.
                                                                                                                                             • Disclosure of compensation policies and practices related to risk management.
                                                                                                                                             • Pay ratio disclosure.
                                                      404—Transactions With Related Persons, Promoters and                                 Description of policies/procedures for the review, approval or ratification of related
                                                        Certain Control Persons 16.                                                          party transactions not required.
                                                      407—Corporate Governance .............................................               Audit committee financial expert disclosure not required in first year.
                                                                                                                                           Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation disclosure not required.
                                                                                                                                           Compensation committee report not required.
                                                      503—Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors and Ratio of                                    No ratio of earnings to fixed charges disclosure required.
                                                        Earnings to Fixed Charges.
                                                                                                                                           No risk factors required in Exchange Act filings.
                                                      601—Exhibits .....................................................................   Statements regarding computation of ratios not required.

                                                                                                                                               Regulation S–X

                                                                                           Rule                                                                               Scaled Disclosure

                                                      8–02—Annual Financial Statements ..................................                  Two years of income statements rather than three years.
                                                                                                                                           Two years of cash flow statements rather than three years.
                                                                                                                                           Two years of changes in stockholders’ equity statements rather than three years.
                                                      8–03—Interim Financial Statements ..................................                 Permits certain historical financial data in lieu of separate historical financial state-
                                                                                                                                             ments of equity investees.
                                                      8–04—Financial Statements of Businesses Acquired or                                  Maximum of two years of acquiree financial statements rather than three years.
                                                        to Be Acquired.
                                                      8–05—Pro forma Financial Information .............................                   Fewer circumstances under which pro forma financial statements are required.
                                                      8–06—Real Estate Operations Acquired or to Be Ac-                                    Maximum of two years of financial statements for acquisition of properties from re-
                                                        quired.                                                                              lated parties rather than three years.
                                                      8–08—Age of Financial Statements ..................................                  Less stringent age of financial statements requirements.



                                                                                                                            thresholds in the smaller reporting                     Government-Business Forum on Small
                                                                                                                            company definition attempts to further                  Business Capital Formation (Small
                                                      II. Proposed Amendments
                                                                                                                            these goals by expanding the number of                  Business Forum),19 as well as comments
                                                      A. Rationale for Proposed Amendments                                  smaller registrants that are eligible to
                                                                                                                            deliver scaled disclosure to their                      and other public offerings; (2) trading in the
                                                        The Commission seeks to promote                                                                                             securities of emerging companies and smaller
                                                      capital formation and reduce                                          investors. Doing so also would address                  public companies; and (3) public reporting and
                                                      compliance costs for smaller registrants                              several recommendations made to us                      corporate governance requirements of emerging
                                                      while maintaining investor                                            multiple times by our Advisory                          companies and smaller public companies. See
                                                                                                                            Committee on Small and Emerging                         Advisory Committee on Small and Emerging
                                                      protections.17 Raising the financial                                                                                          Companies Charter (Sept. 24, 2015); Advisory
                                                                                                                            Companies (ACSEC) 18 and the SEC                        Committee on Small and Emerging Companies,
                                                         16 Item 404 also contains the following expanded                                                                           Release No. 33–9258 (Sept. 12, 2011) [76 FR 57769
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      disclosure requirements applicable to smaller                           18 The Commission established the ACSEC in            (Sept. 16, 2011)]. The Commission’s Investor
                                                      reporting companies: (1) Rather than a flat $120,000                  2011 with the objective of providing the                Advisory Committee has not provided the
                                                      disclosure threshold, the threshold is the lesser of                  Commission with advice on its rules, regulations        Commission with a recommendation regarding the
                                                      $120,000 or 1% of total assets, (2) disclosures are                   and policies with regard to its mission of protecting   smaller reporting company definition.
                                                      required about parents and underwriting discounts                     investors, maintaining fair, orderly and efficient        19 The Small Business Investment Incentive Act

                                                      and commissions where a related person is a                           markets and facilitating capital formation, as they     of 1980 directed the Commission to conduct an
                                                      principal underwriter or a controlling person or                      relate to: (1) Capital raising by emerging privately-   annual government-business forum to undertake an
                                                      member of a firm that was or is going to be a                         held small businesses (emerging companies) and          ongoing review of the financing problems of small
                                                      principal underwriter, and (3) an additional year of                  publicly traded companies with less than $250           businesses.
                                                      Item 404 disclosure is required in filings other than                 million in public market capitalization (smaller          15 U.S.C. 80c–1. The Small Business Forum has
                                                      registration statements.                                              public companies) through securities offerings,         met annually since 1982 to provide a platform to
                                                         17 See note 7.                                                     including private and limited offerings and initial     highlight perceived unnecessary impediments to



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014       17:43 Jun 30, 2016       Jkt 238001      PO 00000      Frm 00018    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                    43133

                                                      from small registrants, Congress and                       Regulation S–K Study. Section 108 of                 $250 million or annual revenues below
                                                      others.20                                                the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act                $100 million regardless of public float to
                                                         Advisory Committee on Small and                       (JOBS Act) 23 required the Commission                  avoid grouping ‘‘highly valued’’
                                                      Emerging Companies. In September                         to conduct a review of Regulation S–K                  registrants with little or no revenue with
                                                      2015 and March 2013, the ACSEC                           and to transmit to Congress a report of                larger registrants. The third commenter
                                                      recommended revising the smaller                         the review. In December 2013, the                      expressed concerns with a differential
                                                      reporting company definition to include                  Commission published a staff report on                 disclosure regime for different sized
                                                      registrants with a public float of up to                 the review of the disclosure                           entities, stating that ‘‘investors will
                                                      $250 million.21 The 2013 ACSEC                           requirements in Regulation S–K (S–K                    factor the differences (i.e., they will
                                                      Recommendations also included a                          Study).24 The S–K Study recommended                    price the lack of transparency, clarity
                                                      recommendation to revise the smaller                     consideration of the criteria used to                  and comparability in what may be
                                                      reporting company definition for                         determine eligibility for scaling of                   perceived to be lower-quality
                                                      registrants that are unable to calculate                 disclosure requirements, including the                 requirements) into their price
                                                      their public float to include registrants                definitional thresholds for smaller                    determinations.’’ 30
                                                      with less than $100 million in annual                    reporting companies.                                      FAST Act. The Fixing America’s
                                                      revenues.                                                  Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative                  Surface Transportation (FAST) Act of
                                                         Small Business Forum. The 2015                        Comments. The Commission staff                         2015 31 requires the Commission to
                                                      Small Business Forum recommended                         currently is undertaking a broad-based                 revise Regulation S–K to further scale or
                                                      that the smaller reporting company                       review of our disclosure requirements,                 eliminate disclosure requirements to
                                                      definition be revised to include                         known as the Disclosure Effectiveness                  reduce the burden on a variety of
                                                      registrants with a public float of less                  Initiative.25 As part of the Disclosure                smaller registrants, including smaller
                                                      than $250 million or registrants with a                  Effectiveness Initiative, the staff                    reporting companies, while still
                                                      public float of less than $700 million                   requested public input generally on how                providing all material information to
                                                      and annual revenues of less than $100                    our disclosure system could be                         investors.32 Because a number of
                                                      million.22                                               improved and, while the staff did not                  Regulation S–K items already provide
                                                                                                               ask specifically for comment on smaller                scaled disclosure requirements for
                                                      small business capital formation and address             reporting companies, it received some
                                                      whether they can be eliminated or reduced. Each
                                                                                                                                                                      smaller reporting companies, raising the
                                                      forum seeks to develop recommendations for               comments on the smaller reporting                      financial thresholds in the smaller
                                                      government and private action to improve the             company definition and scaled                          reporting company definition would be
                                                      environment for small business capital formation,        disclosure requirements available to                   responsive to the FAST Act because it
                                                      consistent with other public policy goals, including
                                                      investor protection. Information about the Small
                                                                                                               smaller reporting companies.26 Only                    would reduce the burden on smaller
                                                      Business Forum is available at http://www.sec.gov/       three commenters addressed the smaller                 registrants by increasing the number of
                                                      info/smallbus/sbforum.shtml.                             reporting company definition or the                    registrants eligible for scaled disclosure.
                                                         20 See letters from the UK Financial Report
                                                                                                               general concept of scaling disclosure                     Although the proposed amendments
                                                      Council (Mar. 10, 2015) (UK Financial),
                                                      Biotechnology Industry Organization (July 14, 2015)
                                                                                                               requirements for smaller reporting                     would permit a broader group of
                                                      (BIO), and Standards & Financial Market Integrity        companies.27 One of these commenters                   registrants to make scaled disclosure to
                                                      Division, CFA Institute (Nov. 12, 2014) (CFA             generally supported scaled disclosure                  their investors, we do not believe that
                                                      Institute). For a discussion of these comments see       requirements, noting that smaller                      the scaled disclosure would
                                                      notes 25 through 30 and related text.
                                                         21 ACSEC Recommendations about Expanding              companies face challenges when                         significantly alter the total mix of
                                                      Simplified Disclosure for Smaller Issuers (Sept. 23,     preparing annual reports.28 Another of                 information available about these
                                                      2015) (2015 ACSEC Recommendations), available at         these commenters suggested that                        registrants. We believe the existing
                                                      https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-           overreliance on public float to define                 scaled disclosure requirements benefit
                                                      recommendations-expanding-simplified-disclosure-
                                                      for-smaller-issuers.pdf and ACSEC                        smaller reporting companies creates a                  the current pool of smaller reporting
                                                      Recommendations Regarding Disclosure and Other           compliance burden for registrants with                 companies, but we are requesting
                                                      Requirements for Smaller Public Companies (Feb. 1,       high valuations that otherwise would be                comment on how an extension of scaled
                                                      2013) (2013 ACSEC Recommendations), available at
                                                      https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/acsec/acsec-
                                                                                                               considered small.29 This commenter                     disclosure requirements to a proposed
                                                      recommendation-032113-smaller-public-co-ltr.pdf.         recommended revising the smaller                       broader pool of registrants could affect
                                                      Both of these recommendations also included a            reporting company definition to include                investors’ access to material information
                                                      recommendation that the Commission revise the            registrants with a public float below                  about registrants. We further believe
                                                      ‘‘accelerated filer’’ definition to include companies
                                                      with a public float of $250 million or more, but less                                                           that the Commission should
                                                      than $700 million. The accelerated filer definition        23 Pub.  L. 112–106, 126 Stat. 306 (2012).           periodically re-evaluate whether the
                                                      currently includes companies with a public float of        24 Report   on Review of Disclosure Requirements
                                                      $75 million or more, but less than $700 million.         in Regulation S–K (Dec. 2013), available at https://     30 See letter from CFA Institute.
                                                      Exchange Act Rule 12b–2. If these                        www.sec.gov/news/studies/2013/reg-sk-disclosure-         31 Pub. L. 114–94, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015).
                                                      recommendations were implemented, non-EGC                requirements-review.pdf.                                  32 Specifically, FAST Act § 72002 requires the
                                                      registrants with public floats between $75 million          25 See Disclosure Effectiveness, available at
                                                      and $250 million would not be required to provide                                                               Commission within 180 days of enactment ‘‘to take
                                                                                                               https://www.sec.gov/spotlight/disclosure-
                                                      an auditor attestation report under Section 404(b)                                                              all such actions to revise [R]egulation S–K . . . to
                                                                                                               effectiveness.shtml.
                                                      of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Pub. L. 107–204,         26 Comment letters related to this request are
                                                                                                                                                                      further scale or eliminate requirements of
                                                      1116 Stat. 745 (2002) (Sarbanes-Oxley Act)). See                                                                [R]egulation S–K, in order to reduce the burden on
                                                                                                               available at https://www.sec.gov/comments/             emerging growth companies, accelerated filers,
                                                      Section II.C for a discussion of the accelerated filer
                                                                                                               disclosure-effectiveness/
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      definition.                                                                                                     smaller reporting companies, and other smaller
                                                         22 Final Report of the 2015 SEC Government
                                                                                                               disclosureeffectiveness.shtml.                         issuers, while still providing all material
                                                                                                                  27 Other commenters commented on the
                                                      Business Forum on Small Business Capital                                                                        information to investors.’’ The FAST Act also
                                                                                                               placement of scaled disclosure requirements in         requires the Commission to carry out a study to
                                                      Formation (Apr. 2016) (2015 Small Business Forum
                                                      Recommendations), available at https://                  Regulation S–K and on the scaled disclosure            determine how best to modernize and simplify the
                                                      www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/gbfor34.pdf. The 2014,         requirements available to EGCs. For a discussion of    disclosure requirements in Regulation S–K in
                                                      2013, 2012, 2010 and 2009 Small Business Forums          these comments, see Section IV.H of the S–K            consultation with the Investor Advisory Committee
                                                      made the same or similar recommendations (Prior          Concept Release. For purposes of this proposal, we     and the Advisory Committee on Small and
                                                      Small Business Forum Recommendations). Final             focus on comments relevant to the smaller reporting    Emerging Companies, to issue a report of findings
                                                      Small Business Forum reports are available at            company definition.                                    and recommendations to Congress, and to propose
                                                                                                                  28 See letter from UK Financial.
                                                      https://www.sec.gov/info/smallbus/                                                                              revisions to those requirements. Pub. L. 114–94,
                                                      sbforumreps.htm.                                            29 See letter from BIO.                             Sec. 72003, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015).



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43134                       Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      definition of smaller reporting company                   When considering potential new                           Forum, although they would be more
                                                      remains appropriate. Under our                          thresholds for the public float and                        limited in some respects.37 These
                                                      proposed amendments, the additional                     revenue calculations, we determined                        amendments use the same criteria of
                                                      registrants that would qualify for scaled               that solely adjusting those thresholds for                 public float and revenues to determine
                                                      disclosure would remain subject to                      inflation would not meaningfully                           smaller reporting company status that
                                                      liability for their disclosures and, in                 reduce the burdens on smaller                              the Commission adopted in 2007. We
                                                      addition to the information expressly                   registrants because it would have a                        are, however, seeking comment on
                                                      required to be included by the rules,                   small impact on the number of                              whether we should use other criteria
                                                      would be required to provide such                       additional registrants that would qualify                  and, if so, what criteria we should
                                                      further material information, if any, as                as smaller reporting companies. If                         consider.38
                                                      may be necessary to make any required                   adjusted for inflation, the $75 million                       Under the proposed definition,
                                                      statements, in the light of the                         public float threshold set in 2007 would                   registrants 39 with a public float of less
                                                      circumstances under which they are                      be equivalent to $85.7 million, and the                    than $250 million would qualify as
                                                      made, not misleading.33 In addition,                    $50 million revenue threshold set in                       smaller reporting companies.40
                                                      their disclosure would be subject to the                2007 would be equivalent to $57.2                          Consistent with the current definition, a
                                                      same review that they currently receive                 million.35                                                 reporting company would determine
                                                      as part of the Division of Corporation                    We also considered that EGCs, many                       whether it qualifies as a smaller
                                                      Finance’s review process. These                         of which have larger public floats and                     reporting company by calculating its
                                                      measures of investor protection would                   revenues than smaller reporting                            public float as of the last business day
                                                      remain unchanged under the proposed                     companies, are eligible for a variety of                   of its most recently completed second
                                                      amendments.                                             accommodations, including certain                          fiscal quarter.41 Similarly, as with the
                                                         Although the proposed amendments                     scaled disclosure accommodations. The                      current definition, a registrant filing its
                                                      would not affect the existing scaled                    EGC accommodations, however, are                           initial registration statement under the
                                                      disclosure requirements in Regulation                   time-limited for equity issuers, as they                   Securities Act or the Exchange Act
                                                      S–K or Regulation S–X, we are                           phase out generally by the fifth                           would calculate its public float as of a
                                                      considering our approach to scaled                      anniversary of the first registered sale of                date within 30 days of filing the
                                                      disclosure generally in connection with                 common equity securities of the                            registration statement.42 A registrant
                                                      the Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative.                registrant.36 Because smaller reporting                    whose public float was zero would
                                                      To that end, in April 2016, we issued                   company status is not time-limited and                     qualify as a smaller reporting company
                                                      the Regulation S–K Concept Release in                   could extend indefinitely depending on                     if it had annual revenues of less than
                                                      which we considered and sought                          the company’s growth, we believe that                      $100 million during its most recently
                                                      comment on other aspects of our scaled                  the new smaller reporting company                          completed fiscal year.43
                                                      disclosure system, including categories                 thresholds should be lower than the                           Under the proposed definition, a
                                                      of registrants eligible for scaled                      thresholds to qualify as an EGC, which                     registrant that determines that it does
                                                      disclosure, whether we should exclude                   this proposal would maintain.                              not qualify as a smaller reporting
                                                      certain types of registrants from the use                 The smaller reporting company                            company will remain unqualified unless
                                                      of scaled disclosure, and whether and                   thresholds we are proposing today are                      and until it determines that its public
                                                                                                              consistent with those recommended by                       float was less than $200 million as of
                                                      how we should scale our disclosure
                                                                                                              the ACSEC and the Small Business                           the last business day of its most recently
                                                      requirements. Comments received on
                                                      the Regulation S–K Concept Release                                                                                 completed second fiscal quarter.44 If
                                                                                                              smaller reporting company public float threshold           such a registrant’s public float was zero,
                                                      will help to inform any further                         without eliminating that provision effectively
                                                      consideration of changes to the scaled                  would raise the accelerated filer public float             it would remain unqualified unless and
                                                      disclosure system or other changes in                   threshold. See Section II.C for a discussion of the        until it had annual revenues of less than
                                                      connection with the Disclosure                          proposed amendments to the accelerated filer and           $80 million during its previous fiscal
                                                                                                              large accelerated filer definitions.                       year.45
                                                      Effectiveness Initiative.                                  35 The inflation adjustment was performed using

                                                                                                              the CPI calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics
                                                      B. Proposed Amendments to Smaller                       (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl). For further
                                                                                                                                                                           37 See 2015 ACSEC Recommendations; 2013

                                                      Reporting Company Definition                            discussion of the impact of adjusting the thresholds       ACSEC Recommendations; 2015 Small Business
                                                                                                              solely for inflation, including the number of              Forum Recommendations; Prior Small Business
                                                         We are proposing amendments to the                   additional registrants that would be eligible for          Forum Recommendations. See also note 21.
                                                      smaller reporting company definition to                 smaller reporting company status, see note 99 and            38 For a discussion of alternative thresholds, see

                                                      expand the number of registrants that                   related text.                                              Section III.C.
                                                                                                                 36 A registrant retains EGC status until the earliest     39 The proposed amendments would not change
                                                      qualify as smaller reporting companies
                                                                                                              of: (1) The last day of its fiscal year during which       the types of registrants that are eligible to qualify
                                                      and thereby benefit from scaled                         its total annual gross revenues are $1 billion or          as smaller reporting companies. See note 11.
                                                      disclosure requirements. In addition, we                more; (2) the date it is deemed to be a large                40 See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(i) and (ii) of
                                                      are proposing amendments to the                         accelerated filer under the Commission’s rules; (3)        Regulation S–K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405;
                                                      ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘large                       the date on which it has issued more than $1 billion       Proposed Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                                                                                              in non-convertible debt in the previous three years;         41 See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(i) of Regulation S–
                                                      accelerated filer’’ definitions in                      or (4) the last day of the fiscal year following the       K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed
                                                      Exchange Act Rule 12b–2 to preserve                     fifth anniversary of the first registered sale of          Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                                      the application of the current thresholds               common equity securities of the registrant. Pub. L.          42 See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(ii) of Regulation S–
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      contained in those definitions.34                       112–106, Sec. 101, 126 Stat. 306 (2012); 15 U.S.C.
                                                                                                                                                                         K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed
                                                                                                              77b(a)(19); 15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(80). In addition, the
                                                                                                                                                                         Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                                                                                              FAST Act amended Securities Act Section 6(e)(1)              43 See Proposed Item 10(f)(1)(iii) of Regulation S–
                                                         33 See Securities Act Rule 408 [17 CFR 230.408]
                                                                                                              [15 U.S.C. 77 f(e)(1)] to provide a grace period for
                                                      and Exchange Act Rule 12b–20 [17 CFR 240.12b–           EGCs at risk of losing such status after the initial       K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed
                                                      20].                                                    filing or confidential submission of their initial         Exchange Act Rule 12b–2. A registrant may have
                                                         34 The definitions of accelerated filer and large
                                                                                                              public offering (IPO) registration statement but           zero public float if it has no public equity
                                                      accelerated filer are based on public float, but        before the IPO is completed. Such registrants shall        outstanding or no market price for its public equity.
                                                                                                                                                                           44 See Proposed Item 10(f)(2)(iii) of Regulation S–
                                                      contain a provision excluding registrants that are      continue to be treated as an EGC through the earlier
                                                      eligible to use the smaller reporting company           of the consummation of the IPO or one year after           K; Proposed Securities Act Rule 405; Proposed
                                                      requirements in Regulation S–K for their annual         they would otherwise cease to be an EGC. See Pub.          Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.
                                                      and quarterly reports. As a result, raising the         L. 114–94, Sec. 71002, 129 Stat. 1312 (2015).                45 See id.




                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM      01JYP1


                                                                                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                               43135

                                                        The following table summarizes the
                                                      proposed amendments to the smaller
                                                      reporting company definition.

                                                                        Registrant category                                               Current definition                                        Proposed definition

                                                      Reporting Registrant ..........................................    Less than $75 million of      public float at end of      Less than $250 million of public float at end of
                                                                                                                           second fiscal quarter.                                    second fiscal quarter.
                                                      Registrant Filing Initial Registration Statement ..                Less than $75 million of      public float within 30      Less than $250 million of public float within 30
                                                                                                                           days of filing.                                           days of filing.
                                                      Registrant with Zero Public Float .......................          Less than $50 million of      revenues in most re-        Less than $100 million of revenues in most
                                                                                                                           cent fiscal year.                                         recent fiscal year.
                                                      Non-Smaller Reporting Company that Seeks to                        Less than $50 million of      public float at end of      Less than $200 million of public float at end of
                                                        Qualify as a Smaller Reporting Company                             second fiscal quarter.                                    second fiscal quarter.
                                                        Based on Public Float.
                                                      Non-Smaller Reporting Company with Zero                            Less than $40 million of revenues in most re-             Less than $80 million of revenues in most re-
                                                        Public Float that Seeks to Qualify as a Small-                     cent fiscal year.                                         cent fiscal year.
                                                        er Reporting Company.



                                                        Empirical analysis conducted by the                             threshold to $250 million would result                     threshold is consistent with thresholds
                                                      Commission’s Division of Economic and                             in approximately 42% of registrants                        recommended by the ACSEC and the
                                                      Risk Analysis (DERA) suggests that                                qualifying as smaller reporting                            Small Business Forum.53
                                                      scaled disclosures may generate a                                 companies based on their public float.49                      Under the current definition, once a
                                                      modest, but statistically significant,                            As is the case with the current                            registrant determines that it does not
                                                      amount of cost savings in terms of the                            definition, we believe that once a                         qualify as a smaller reporting
                                                      reduction in compliance costs for most                            registrant determines that it does not                     company,54 it cannot qualify based on
                                                      of the newly eligible smaller reporting                           qualify as a smaller reporting                             revenues until its revenues fall below
                                                      companies under the proposed                                      company,50 it should not qualify until                     $40 million. As discussed above with
                                                      amendments, a modest, but statistically                           its public float falls below another,                      respect to the public float thresholds,
                                                      significant, deterioration in some of the                         lower threshold. This definitional                         we believe having a separate, lower
                                                      proxies used to assess the overall                                structure helps to avoid situations in                     revenue threshold for these registrants
                                                      quality of information environment, and                           which registrants enter and exit smaller                   helps to avoid situations in which
                                                      a muted effect on the growth of the                               reporting company status due to small                      registrants enter and exit smaller
                                                      registrant’s capital investments,                                 fluctuations in their public float.                        reporting company status due to small
                                                      investments in research and                                       Therefore, we propose increasing the                       fluctuations in their revenues.
                                                      development (R&D) and assets.46                                   public float threshold from $50 million                    Increasing the annual revenue threshold
                                                      1. Public Float Thresholds                                        to $200 million for registrants that                       from $40 million to $80 million for
                                                                                                                        determined that they did not qualify as                    registrants with zero public float that
                                                         In 2015, approximately 32% of                                  smaller reporting companies and                            determined that they did not qualify as
                                                      registrants had less than $75 million in                          subsequently seek to qualify.                              smaller reporting companies but
                                                      public float,47 compared to
                                                                                                                        2. Revenue Thresholds                                      subsequently seek to qualify would
                                                      approximately 42% of registrants when
                                                                                                                                                                                   maintain the ratio that exists between
                                                      the smaller reporting company was                                    In 2015, approximately 10% of                           the $50 million and $40 million
                                                      established.48 The decrease in the size                           registrants qualified as smaller reporting
                                                      of the pool of registrants that qualify as                                                                                   thresholds in the current definition.
                                                                                                                        companies by having zero public float
                                                      smaller reporting companies has limited                           and less than $50 million in annual                           We are not proposing, as
                                                      the benefits of scaled reporting to a                             revenues.51 The number of registrants                      recommended by one commenter on the
                                                      smaller percentage of registrants than                                                                                       Disclosure Effectiveness Initiative,55 to
                                                                                                                        that would qualify as smaller reporting
                                                      under the original definition. If adopted                         companies would increase by 31, or less                    eliminate the public float criteria for
                                                      as proposed, increasing the public float                          than 1%, if the annual revenue                             registrants that meet these proposed
                                                                                                                        threshold were adopted as proposed and                     revenue thresholds or any other revenue
                                                         46 For a discussion of DERA’s empirical analysis,
                                                                                                                        increased to $100 million.52 The                           thresholds. When the Commission
                                                      see Section III.B.                                                                                                           proposed the smaller reporting company
                                                         47 Based on public float values disclosed by
                                                                                                                           49 Based on public float values disclosed by            definition, it specifically solicited
                                                      registrants in their Form 10–K filings, 2,408, or                                                                            comment on a revenue-only test. In
                                                      31.8%, of the 7,557 registrants that filed a Form 10–             registrants in their Form 10–K filings, 3,159, or
                                                      K in 2015 reported having a public float of less than             41.8%, of the 7,557 registrants that filed a Form 10–      adopting the smaller reporting company
                                                      $75 million.                                                      K in 2015 reported having a public float of less than      definition, the Commission noted that
                                                                                                                        $250 million.
                                                         48 Approximately 4,976, or 41.8%, of the 11,898
                                                                                                                           50 Either upon an initial determination in the case
                                                                                                                                                                                   the majority of commenters supported
                                                      registrants that filed Exchange Act annual reports                                                                           the proposal to use a public float
                                                      in 2006 had a public float of less than $75 million.              of registrants filing an initial registration statement,
                                                                                                                        or as of an annual determination in the case of            standard in most cases, agreeing that the
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      See Smaller Reporting Company Regulatory Relief
                                                      and Simplification, Release No. 33–8819 (July 5,                  reporting registrants.                                     Commission should use a revenue test
                                                                                                                           51 775, or 10.3%, of the 7,557 registrants that filed
                                                      2007) [72 FR 39670 (July 19, 2007)]. The release                                                                             only if a registrant is unable to calculate
                                                      cites data from the Commission’s EDGAR filing                     a Form 10–K in 2015 reported having zero public
                                                      system and Thomson Financial (Datastream). The                    float and less than $50 million in annual revenues,
                                                                                                                                                                                     53 See 2015 Small Business Forum
                                                      Datastream data included all registered public firms              based on public float values and revenues disclosed
                                                      trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the                       by registrants in their Form 10–K filings.                 Recommendations; 2013 ACSEC Recommendations.
                                                                                                                           52 Based on public float values and revenues              54 Either upon an initial determination in the case
                                                      American Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq, the Over-
                                                      the-Counter Bulletin Board and the Pink Sheets and                disclosed by registrants in their Form 10–K filings,       of registrants filing an initial registration statement,
                                                      excluded closed end funds, exchange traded funds,                 31 of the 7,557 registrants that filed a Form 10–K         or as of an annual determination in the case of
                                                      American depositary receipts and direct foreign                   in 2015 had zero public float and between $50              reporting registrants.
                                                      listings.                                                         million and $100 million in annual revenues.                 55 See BIO Letter.




                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014      17:43 Jun 30, 2016     Jkt 238001    PO 00000      Frm 00021    Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702    E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM      01JYP1


                                                      43136                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      its public float.56 By eliminating the                    and the determinations are both made as               attestation reports required by Section
                                                      revenue test for most registrants, the                    of the last business day of a registrant’s            404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.62
                                                      Commission stated that the new                            second fiscal quarter, the smaller                       In April 2011, the staff conducted a
                                                      definition of smaller reporting company                   reporting company provision in the                    study (Staff Section 404(b) Study) 63
                                                      would simplify and streamline the                         accelerated filer definition does not                 mandated by the Dodd-Frank Wall
                                                      definition while expanding the number                     currently exclude from the accelerated                Street Reform and Consumer Protection
                                                      of companies eligible to qualify. The                     filer definition any registrants that                 Act (Dodd Frank Act) 64 to determine
                                                      amendments to the smaller reporting                       would not otherwise be excluded. If we                how the Commission could reduce the
                                                      company definition we are now                             raised the smaller reporting company                  burden of complying with Section
                                                      proposing retain this approach because                    public float threshold to $250 million                404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for
                                                      we believe that the public float test has                 without eliminating the smaller                       registrants with market capitalizations
                                                      worked well in practice and has                           reporting company provision from the                  between $75 million and $250
                                                      streamlined the definition,57 as the                      accelerated filer definition, however,                million.65 The staff’s analysis, in part,
                                                      Commission intended when it adopted                       those registrants with public floats of up            found no specific evidence that any
                                                      the current test.58 We do, however,                       to $250 million would be excluded from                potential savings from exempting
                                                      request comment below on whether we                       the accelerated filer requirements                    registrants with public floats between
                                                      should consider instead using or                          because they would be eligible under                  $75 million and $250 million from the
                                                      allowing a revenue-only test for the                      the proposed amendments to use the                    auditor attestation provisions of Section
                                                      smaller reporting company definition.                     smaller reporting company                             404(b) would justify the loss of investor
                                                                                                                requirements under Regulation S–K. In                 protections and benefits to registrants
                                                      C. Proposed Amendments to                                 effect, we would be raising the                       from such an exemption.66 Rather, the
                                                      Accelerated Filer and Large Accelerated                   accelerated filer public float threshold              staff found that accelerated filers
                                                      Filer Definitions                                         indirectly. Eliminating the smaller                   (including those with a public float
                                                         We are not proposing to amend the                      reporting company provision in the                    between $75 million and $250 million)
                                                      public float thresholds for when a                        accelerated filer definition, therefore,              that were subject to the Section 404(b)
                                                      registrant would qualify as an                            would maintain the status quo regarding               auditor attestation requirements
                                                      accelerated filer or large accelerated                    the size of registrants that are subject to           generally had a lower restatement rate
                                                      filer.59 We are proposing amendments                      the accelerated filer disclosure and                  than registrants that were not subject to
                                                      to those definitions, however, to                         filing requirements.                                  the requirements. Moreover, the staff
                                                      eliminate the provision in each that                         The public float threshold for entering            found that the population of registrants
                                                      specifically excludes registrants that are                large accelerated filer status currently is           with public floats between $75 million
                                                      eligible to use the smaller reporting                     $700 million, so the smaller reporting                and $250 million did not have
                                                      company requirements under                                company provision in the large                        sufficiently unique characteristics that
                                                      Regulation S–K for their annual and                       accelerated filer definition does not                 would justify differentiating this
                                                      quarterly reports.60 As a result, the                     currently exclude from the large
                                                      proposed amendments would preserve                        accelerated filer definition any                         62 As a general matter, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

                                                      the application of the current thresholds                 registrants that would not otherwise be               requires that the management of certain registrants
                                                      contained in the accelerated filer and                    excluded. If the proposed amendments                  assess the effectiveness of the registrant’s internal
                                                                                                                                                                      control over financial reporting, while Section
                                                      large accelerated filer definitions.                      were adopted and the smaller reporting                404(b) specifically requires a registrant’s auditor to
                                                         Because the public float thresholds for                company public float threshold became                 attest to, and report on, management’s assessment.
                                                      exiting smaller reporting company                         $250 million, the smaller reporting                      63 Study and Recommendations on Section 404(b)

                                                      status and entering accelerated filer                     company provision in the large                        of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 For Issuers With
                                                                                                                accelerated filer definition still would              Public Float Between $75 and $250 Million (Apr.
                                                      status currently are both $75 million,                                                                          2011), available at https://www.sec.gov/news/
                                                                                                                not exclude any registrants that would                studies/2011/404bfloat-study.pdf.
                                                         56 See Smaller Reporting Company Adopting              not otherwise be excluded.                               64 Pub. L. 111–203, 124 Stat. 1376 (2010).
                                                      Release. The small business issuer definition,            Nevertheless, we are proposing to                        65 See Dodd-Frank Act § 989G(b). That section
                                                      which the smaller reporting company definition            eliminate this provision because it                   also provided that the study shall ‘‘consider
                                                      replaced, was based on both public float and annual                                                             whether any such methods of reducing the
                                                      revenue.                                                  currently does not capture any
                                                                                                                                                                      compliance burden or a complete exemption for
                                                         57 Registrants no longer have to calculate both        registrants, would not capture any                    such companies from compliance with such section
                                                      public float and annual revenue under the smaller         registrants if the proposed amendments                would encourage companies to list on exchanges in
                                                      reporting company definition.                             were adopted, and could lead to                       the United States in their initial public offerings.’’
                                                         58 See Smaller Reporting Company Adopting
                                                                                                                confusion if retained.                                   66 In 2007, the Commission issued interpretive
                                                      Release.                                                                                                        guidance for management regarding its evaluation
                                                         59 Accelerated filer and large accelerated filer are
                                                                                                                   In September 2015, the ACSEC
                                                                                                                                                                      of internal controls and disclosure requirements,
                                                      defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2. Being an              recommended that the Commission                       and the Public Company Accounting Oversight
                                                      accelerated filer or a large accelerated filer triggers   revise the accelerated filer definition to            Board adopted Auditing Standard No. 5 regarding
                                                      the requirement contained in Section 404(b) of the        include registrants with a public float               Audits of Internal Control over Financial Reporting
                                                      Sarbanes-Oxley Act that a non-EGC registrant’s                                                                  (AS 5) in an effort to reduce the compliance burden
                                                      registered public accounting firm provide, for
                                                                                                                threshold of $250 million or more, but
                                                                                                                                                                      and improve the implementation of Section 404,
                                                      inclusion in the registrant’s annual report, an           less than $700 million.61 If we                       including the requirements of Section 404(b). See
                                                      attestation report on internal control over financial     implemented this recommendation, in                   Commission Guidance Regarding Management’s
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      reporting. Accelerated and large accelerated filers       addition to having a longer period to file            Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
                                                      also must provide their internet address and                                                                    Under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities
                                                      disclosure regarding the availability of their filings
                                                                                                                their annual and quarterly reports, non-
                                                                                                                                                                      Exchange Act of 1934, Release No. 33–8810 (June
                                                      required by Items 101(e)(3) and (4) of Regulation S–      EGCs with public floats between $75                   20, 2007) [72 FR 35324 (June 27, 2007)]. However,
                                                      K, as well as disclosure required by Item 1B of Form      million and $250 million would no                     one stakeholder representative has raised concerns
                                                      10–K about unresolved staff comments on their             longer be required to provide, and                    about whether, in response to PCAOB inspection
                                                      periodic or current reports. In addition, accelerated                                                           results, some auditors more recently have started to
                                                      and large accelerated filers are subject to
                                                                                                                investors in those registrants would no
                                                                                                                                                                      take approaches to evaluating internal control over
                                                      accelerated periodic report filing deadlines.             longer receive the benefits of, auditor               financial reporting that are inconsistent with
                                                         60 Subparagraphs (1)(iv) of the accelerated filer                                                            attaining goals for reduced compliance costs in this
                                                      definition and (2)(iv) of the large accelerated filer       61 2015 ACSEC Recommendations; 2013 ACSEC           area. See letter from Center for Capital Markets
                                                      definition in Exchange Act Rule 12b–2.                    Recommendations.                                      Competitiveness (May 29, 2015).



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                                                    Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                    43137

                                                      population of registrants from other                           4. As proposed, should the smaller                what indicator should the thresholds be
                                                      accelerated filers with respect to the                      reporting company definition continue                indexed and how frequently should
                                                      Section 404 auditor attestation                             to be based primarily on public float                they be adjusted?
                                                      requirements.67 Ultimately, the study                       and, in the absence of public float,                    13. If the thresholds are raised in the
                                                      recommended that the Section 404(b)                         revenue? Why or why not? If so, should               manner proposed, should the
                                                      requirements be maintained for                              the public float threshold be $250                   Commission re-visit the thresholds on a
                                                      accelerated filers, including those with                    million? Should the revenue threshold                periodic basis to assess whether the
                                                      a public float between $75 million and                      be $100 million for registrants without              thresholds are contributing to capital
                                                      $250 million.68                                             a public float? Should the public float              formation, liquidity and investor
                                                         Since the staff’s study was concluded,                   threshold be $200 million for registrants            protection? If so, what criteria would be
                                                      academic research has resulted in mixed                     that determined in a prior year that they            useful for assessing the efficacy of the
                                                      findings.69 In light of these mixed                         did not qualify as smaller reporting                 thresholds and how frequently should
                                                      findings, we are not proposing to raise                     companies and seek to transition to                  re-assessments occur?
                                                      the accelerated filer public float                          smaller reporting company status?
                                                      threshold or to modify the Section                                                                                  14. If the thresholds are raised, should
                                                                                                                  Should the revenue threshold be $80
                                                      404(b) requirements for registrants with                                                                         larger registrants be limited in their
                                                                                                                  million for registrants without a public
                                                      a public float between $75 million and                                                                           ability to avail themselves of some of
                                                                                                                  float that determined in a prior year that
                                                      $250 million. However, we are                                                                                    the scaled disclosure accommodations?
                                                                                                                  they did not qualify as smaller reporting
                                                      requesting comment below on whether                                                                              Should any of the scaled disclosure
                                                                                                                  companies and seek to transition to
                                                      we should consider raising the public                                                                            requirements of Regulation S–K or
                                                                                                                  smaller reporting company status?
                                                      float threshold in the accelerated filer                                                                         Regulation S–X not be available for
                                                                                                                  Should any of the proposed thresholds
                                                      definition.                                                                                                      registrants at the higher end of the range
                                                                                                                  be higher or lower? Why or why not?
                                                                                                                     5. Should the smaller reporting                   in terms of public float or revenue? If so,
                                                      D. Request for Comment                                                                                           which disclosure requirements and
                                                                                                                  company definition be based on both
                                                        1. Should the thresholds for smaller                      public float and revenue? Why or why                 why? If so, would differences among the
                                                      reporting company status be raised?                         not? If so, what should the public float             types of scaled disclosure
                                                      Why or why not? Should the current                          and revenue thresholds be? If we                     accommodations adversely impact
                                                      thresholds be kept at their current levels                  required both thresholds, should the                 comparability across the larger group of
                                                      but adjusted for inflation? Why or why                      registrant maintain its smaller reporting            registrants that would qualify as a
                                                      not?                                                        company status until it exceeds both the             smaller reporting company? Why or
                                                        2. Does raising the thresholds for                        public float and revenue thresholds or               why not?
                                                      smaller reporting company status as                         until it exceeds either threshold?                      15. If we increase the thresholds in
                                                      proposed appropriately consider the                            6. Should the definition be based on              the smaller reporting company
                                                      objectives of capital formation and                         whether a registrant meets either a                  definition, should we eliminate the
                                                      investor protection? Why or why not? Is                     public float threshold or a revenue                  provision in the accelerated and large
                                                      there a better way to accomplish these                      threshold? Why or why not?                           accelerated filer definitions that
                                                      objectives?                                                    7. Should the definition contain only             specifically excludes registrants that are
                                                        3. Would raising the thresholds                           a public float test, regardless of the               eligible to use the smaller reporting
                                                      promote capital formation or liquidity                      registrant’s revenues, rather than the               company requirements under
                                                      for smaller registrants? Could raising the                  current definition? Why or why not? If               Regulation S–K for their annual or
                                                      thresholds result in a loss of material                     so, what should the threshold be?                    quarterly reports, as proposed? Why or
                                                      information about registrants that would                       8. Should we eliminate the public                 why not?
                                                      qualify as smaller reporting companies                      float test and instead apply only a                     16. If we increase the public float
                                                      under the higher thresholds? Does                           revenue test? Why or why not? If so,                 threshold in the smaller reporting
                                                      scaled disclosure impact the ability of                     what should the threshold be? Should
                                                      investors to make informed investment                                                                            company definition as proposed, should
                                                                                                                  we allow a revenue-only test as an                   we also increase the public float
                                                      decisions? Does scaled disclosure lead                      alternative to the public float test and
                                                      to a greater incidence of fraud?                                                                                 threshold in the accelerated filer
                                                                                                                  permit a registrant to choose which test             definition? Why or why not?
                                                         67 See Staff Section 404(b) Study at 107. At the
                                                                                                                  to apply? Why or why not? If so, what                   17. If we increase the public float and
                                                      same time, the staff’s study recognized that
                                                                                                                  should the thresholds be for each test?              revenue thresholds in the smaller
                                                      registrants at the lower end of the studied range of           9. Should we revise the method of
                                                                                                                                                                       reporting company definition as
                                                      $75 million and $250 million could be more likely           calculating public float in our current
                                                      to have characteristics more similar to non-                                                                     proposed, should we also increase the
                                                                                                                  rules? If so, how?
                                                      accelerated filers (i.e., registrants that are just under
                                                                                                                     10. Should the smaller reporting                  thresholds in Exchange Act Rule 12g5–
                                                      or just over the $75 million threshold are likely to
                                                                                                                  company definition be based on market                1(a)(7)? 70 Why or why not?
                                                      have similar characteristics to one another). See id.
                                                      at 4. The staff’s study did not specifically assess         capitalization rather than public float? If            18. If we increase the revenue
                                                      whether registrants at the lower end of the group,          so, what market capitalization should                threshold in the smaller reporting
                                                      such as those with a public float between $75                                                                    company definition as proposed, should
                                                      million and $125 million, might differ in relative
                                                                                                                  we use? How should we determine any
                                                      benefits than registrants at the higher end.                new market capitalization thresholds?                we also increase the threshold in Rule
                                                                                                                  What would be the advantages or
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         68 See Staff Section 404(b) Study at 112. Title I

                                                      of the JOBS Act exempts EGCs from the Section               disadvantages of this approach?                         70 Exchange Act Rule 12g5–1(a)(7) [17 CFR

                                                      404(b) auditor attestation requirements, but EGC               11. Are there other criteria or                   240.12g5–1(a)(7)] provides issuers of securities in
                                                      status is a temporary accommodation by Congress                                                                  Tier 2 Regulation A offerings with an exemption
                                                      to lessen the burdens on new companies entering             measures for defining smaller reporting              from the mandatory registration requirements of
                                                      the public markets. Pub. L. 112–106, Sec. 103, 126          companies that we should consider? If                Exchange Act Section 12(g) provided certain
                                                      Stat. 306 (2012) (amending Section 404(b) of the            so, what are they and what, if any,                  conditions are met, including a requirement that the
                                                      Sarbanes-Oxley Act [Pub. L. 107–204, Sec. 404(b)            thresholds would be appropriate?                     issuer have a public float of less than $75 million
                                                      116 Stat. 745 (2002)]). Smaller reporting company                                                                as of the last business day of its most recently
                                                      status, however, is not time-limited.                          12. Should any thresholds in the                  completed semiannual period, or, in the absence of
                                                         69 For a discussion of the academic research, see        smaller reporting company definition be              a public float, annual revenues of less than $50
                                                      Section III.C.                                              indexed to adjust for inflation? If so, to           million as of its most recently completed fiscal year.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:43 Jun 30, 2016    Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43138                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      3–05 of Regulation S–X? 71 Why or why                                        the existing baseline, which consists of                                      the Commission, 3,183 (42.1% of all
                                                      not?                                                                         the current regulatory framework and                                          registrants) were eligible to claim
                                                                                                                                   market practices, and discuss the                                             smaller reporting company status. Of
                                                      III. Economic Analysis
                                                                                                                                   potential benefits and costs of the                                           those, 2,900 (38.4% of all registrants)
                                                         As discussed above, we are proposing                                      proposed amendments, relative to this                                         claimed smaller reporting company
                                                      amendments to the definition of                                              baseline, and their potential effects on                                      status. Under the current definition, a
                                                      ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ as used in                                     efficiency, competition and capital                                           registrant may qualify as a smaller
                                                      our rules and regulations. The proposed                                      formation.72 We also consider the                                             reporting company under either a public
                                                      amendments are intended to promote                                           potential costs and benefits of                                               float threshold or an annual revenue
                                                      capital formation and reduce                                                 reasonable alternatives to the proposed                                       threshold if the public float is zero. Of
                                                      compliance costs for smaller registrants                                     amendments. Where practicable, we                                             the 2,900 smaller reporting companies,
                                                      by expanding the number of smaller                                           attempt to quantify the economic effects                                      2,241 companies (29.7% of all
                                                      registrants that are eligible to deliver                                     of the proposed amendments; however,                                          registrants) qualified under the $75
                                                      scaled disclosure to their investors,                                        in certain cases, we are unable to do so                                      million public float threshold and 659
                                                      while maintaining investor protections.                                      because either we lack the necessary                                          companies (8.7% of all registrants)
                                                         Registrants with less than $250                                           data or the economic effects are not                                          qualified under the $50 million revenue
                                                      million (vs. currently $75 million) in                                       quantifiable. In these cases, we provide                                      threshold.73 Of the 2,900 smaller
                                                      public float would qualify, as would                                         a qualitative assessment of the likely                                        reporting companies, 490 (6.5% of all
                                                      registrants with zero public float if their                                  economic effects.                                                             registrants) also claimed EGC status.74
                                                      revenues were below $100 million (vs.                                                                                                                         Table 1 summarizes the number and
                                                                                                                                   A. Baseline and Potential Affected
                                                      currently $50 million) in the previous                                                                                                                     percentage of registrants that claimed
                                                                                                                                   Parties
                                                      year. We are sensitive to the costs and                                                                                                                    smaller reporting company status in
                                                      benefits of the proposed amendments.                                           In calendar year 2015, of the 7,557                                         each calendar year over the 2013–2015
                                                      In this economic analysis, we examine                                        registrants that filed a Form 10–K with                                       period.

                                                                                                 TABLE 1—SMALLER REPORTING COMPANIES (SRCS) IN 2013–2015 PERIOD
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Qualified       Qualified
                                                                                                                                                           Total # of                                                                     based on        based on
                                                                                            Filing year                                                                              # of SRCs                   % of total
                                                                                                                                                          registrants                                                                    public float      revenue
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         (% of total)    (% of total)

                                                      2013 .....................................................................................                     7,624                      3,380                         44.3                33.5            10.8
                                                      2014 .....................................................................................                     7,642                      3,179                         41.6                32.7             8.9
                                                      2015 .....................................................................................                     7,557                      2,900                         38.4                29.7             8.7



                                                        Table 2 shows that, while smaller                                          number of registrants in calendar year                                        percent of the entire public float, market
                                                      reporting companies account for a                                            2015, they account for less than one                                          value and revenue of all registrants.75
                                                      substantial percentage of the total

                                                                                             TABLE 2—SIZE PROXIES FOR SMALLER REPORTING COMPANIES (SRCS) IN 2015
                                                                                                                                   Public float                                             Market value                                          Revenue

                                                      ........................................................   .......................................................   .......................................................
                                                      Mean ..............................................        $17.0 million .................................           $33.6 million .................................           $21.3 million.
                                                      Median ...........................................         8.8 million .....................................         13.0 million ...................................          0.21 million.
                                                      Aggregate size ...............................             38.0 billion ....................................         79.3 billion ....................................         61.9 billion
                                                      % of the aggregate size of all reg-                        0.01% ............................................        0.31% ............................................        0.37%.
                                                         istrants.




                                                         71 Rule 3–05 of Regulation S–X provides the                               addition to the protection of investors, whether the                          either public float greater than $75 million or zero
                                                      requirements for financial statements of businesses                          action will promote efficiency, competition, and                              public float but revenue greater than $50 million
                                                      acquired or to be acquired. Paragraph (b)(2)(iv)                             capital formation.                                                            were not counted as smaller reporting companies.
                                                      allows registrants to omit such financial statements                            73 Based on analysis by DERA. Staff obtained the                              74 Staff determined whether a registrant claimed
                                                      for the earliest of three fiscal years required if the                       smaller reporting company status and public float                             EGC status by parsing several types of filings (for
                                                      net revenues of the business to be acquired are less                         data from corporate financial reports filed with the                          example, Forms S–1, S–1/A, 10–K, 10–Q, 8–K, 20–
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      than $50 million. The $50 million threshold is                               Commission using eXtensible Business Reporting                                F/40–F, and 6–K) filed by that registrant.
                                                      based on the revenue threshold in the smaller                                Language (XBRL), available at: http://www.sec.gov/                               75 Market value and revenue data as of the fiscal
                                                      reporting company definition. See Smaller                                    dera/data/financial-statement-data-sets.html. Staff
                                                      Reporting Company Adopting Release.                                          also extracted the smaller reporting company status                           year end are obtained from Compustat. Where
                                                         72 Section 23(a)(2) of the Exchange Act requires                          and public float directly from Forms 10–K using a                             revenue data was unavailable from Compustat, staff
                                                      us, when adopting rules, to consider the impact that                         computer program. For robustness, staff compared                              obtained the information directly from XBRL data
                                                      any new rule would have on competition. In                                   the smaller reporting company status and public                               filed with the registrants’ Forms 10–K. Where
                                                      addition, Section 2(b) of the Securities Act and                             float information between the two sources and                                 revenue data was unavailable in XBRL, staff
                                                      Section 3(f) of the Exchange Act direct us, when                             corrected discrepancies. Staff extracted annual                               obtained the data directly from the registrants’
                                                      engaging in rulemaking that requires us to consider                          revenue data from the Compustat database and                                  Forms 10–K. The summary statistics on revenue are
                                                      or determine whether an action is necessary or                               XBRL filings. Registrants transitioning out of                                for all current smaller reporting companies, not just
                                                      appropriate in the public interest, to consider, in                          smaller reporting company status that reported                                those qualifying under the revenue threshold.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014          17:43 Jun 30, 2016          Jkt 238001      PO 00000        Frm 00024        Fmt 4702        Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM               01JYP1


                                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                                  43139

                                                        Table 3 shows the distribution of                               of all smaller reporting companies,                                industries with a larger fixed
                                                      registrants that claimed smaller                                  followed by ‘‘Financial Trading’’ (9.5%),                          component of operating costs, such as
                                                      reporting company status in calendar                              ‘‘Banking’’ (7.8%), ‘‘Pharmaceutical                               shipping, defense, and aircraft, tend to
                                                      year 2015 using the Fama-French 49-                               Products’’ (6.8%), ‘‘Petroleum and                                 have fewer smaller reporting companies.
                                                      industry classification.76 The ‘‘Business                         Natural Gas’’ (6.9%), and ‘‘Computer
                                                      Services’’ industry accounts for 11.7%                            Software’’ (5.6%).77 We note that

                                                                                  TABLE 3—INDUSTRY DISTRIBUTION OF SMALLER REPORTING COMPANIES (SRCS) IN 2015
                                                         Industry ID                    Industry                  # of SRCs        % of all SRCs         Industry ID                     Industry                    # of SRCs               % of all SRCs

                                                      1 ......................   Agriculture ............                     27               0.9                       26      Defense ................                            2                         0.1
                                                      2 ......................   Food Products ......                         40               1.4                       27      Precious Metals ...                                44                         1.5
                                                      3 ......................   Candy & Soda ......                           3               0.1                       28      Non-Metallic and                                  110                         3.8
                                                                                                                                                                                   Industrial Metal
                                                                                                                                                                                   Mining.
                                                      4 ......................   Beer & Liquor .......                        19               0.7                       29      Coal ......................                          4                         0.1
                                                      5 ......................   Tobacco Products                              8               0.3                       30      Petroleum and                                      200                         6.9
                                                                                                                                                                                   Natural Gas.
                                                      6 ......................   Recreation ............                      21               0.7                       31      Utilities ..................                        18                        0.6
                                                      7 ......................   Entertainment .......                        60               2.1                       32      Communication ....                                  50                        1.7
                                                      8 ......................   Printing and Pub-                            11               0.4                       33      Personal Services                                   50                        1.7
                                                                                   lishing.
                                                      9 ......................   Consumer Goods                               53               1.8                       34      Business Services                                 337                       11.6
                                                      10 ....................    Apparel .................                    18               0.6                       35      Computers ...........                              24                        0.8
                                                      11 ....................    Healthcare ............                      39               1.3                       36      Computer Soft-                                    163                        5.6
                                                                                                                                                                                   ware.
                                                      12 ....................    Medical Equipment                        102                  3.5                       37      Electronic Equip-                                  104                        3.6
                                                                                                                                                                                   ment.
                                                      13 ....................    Pharmaceutical                           198                  6.8                        38     Measuring and                                       52                        1.8
                                                                                   Products.                                                                                       Control Equip-
                                                                                                                                                                                   ment.
                                                      14 ....................    Chemicals ............                       49               1.7                       39      Business Supplies                                     3                       0.1
                                                      15 ....................    Rubber and Plastic                           20               0.7                       40      Shipping Con-                                         3                       0.1
                                                                                   Products.                                                                                       tainers.
                                                      16 ....................    Textiles .................                    5               0.2                       41      Transportation ......                               21                        0.8
                                                      17 ....................    Construction Mate-                           30               1.0                       42      Wholesale ............                              84                        2.9
                                                                                   rials.
                                                      18 ....................    Construction .........                       24               0.8                       43      Retail ....................                         81                        2.8
                                                      19 ....................    Steel Works ..........                        6               0.2                       44      Restaurants, Ho-                                    28                        1.0
                                                                                                                                                                                   tels, Motels.
                                                      20 ....................    Fabricated Prod-                              3               0.1                        45     Banking ................                          225                         7.8
                                                                                   ucts.
                                                      21 ....................    Machinery ............                       58               2.0                       46      Insurance .............                             25                        0.9
                                                      22 ....................    Electrical Equip-                            39               1.3                       47      Real Estate ..........                              96                        3.3
                                                                                   ment.
                                                      23 ....................    Automobiles and                              26               0.9                        48     Financial Trading                                 277                         9.5
                                                                                   Trucks.
                                                      24 ....................    Aircraft ..................                  4                0.1                        49     Other ....................                           34                        1.2
                                                      25 ....................    Shipbuilding, Rail-                          2                0.1    ........................   ..............................   ........................   ........................
                                                                                   road Equipment.



                                                        By increasing the public float                                  determine the number of existing                                   (median $144 million), an average
                                                      threshold from $75 million to $250                                registrants that could qualify as a                                market value of $257 million (median
                                                      million and the annual revenue                                    smaller reporting company under the                                $195 million), and average revenues of
                                                      threshold from $50 million to $100                                proposed new thresholds. Under the                                 $248 million (median $80 million). Of
                                                      million in the smaller reporting                                  proposed amendments, we estimate that                              the 782 potentially eligible registrants,
                                                      company definition, the proposed                                  782 additional registrants could be                                153 currently are EGCs and are eligible
                                                      amendments would permit more                                      eligible for smaller reporting company                             for certain scaled disclosure under Title
                                                      registrants to qualify as smaller                                 status, 751 of which have a public float                           I of the JOBS Act, including the scaled
                                                      reporting companies. To estimate the                              between $75 million and $250 million                               executive compensation disclosures
                                                      number of additional registrants that                             and 31 of which have zero public float                             available to smaller reporting companies
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      could be potentially affected by the                              and annual revenues between $50                                    under Item 402 of Regulation S–K. The
                                                      proposed amendments, we use the                                   million and $100 million.                                          782 additional registrants tend to be
                                                      public float data from Form 10–K filings                             The 782 additional registrants have an                          concentrated in the following
                                                      and revenue data from Compustat to                                average public float of $149 million                               industries: ‘‘Banking’’ (17.4%),
                                                         76 Using Standard Industry Classification (SIC)                literature and is available at: http://                            ‘‘Financial Trading,’’ 20% in ‘‘Banking,’’ 39% in
                                                      codes, Professors Eugene Fama and Kenneth French                  mba.tuck.dartmouth.edu/pages/faculty/ken.french/                   ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products,’’ 50% in ‘‘Petroleum and
                                                      have sorted companies into 48 main industries,                    Data_Library/det_49_ind_port.html.                                 Natural Gas’’ and 47% in ‘‘Computer Software,’’
                                                      plus a residual ‘‘Other’’ industry. This classification              77 Smaller reporting companies account for 57%                  suggesting that these industries all have a fairly
                                                      is commonly used in the financial economics                       of all 10–K filers in ‘‘Business Services,’’ 37% in                high concentration of small registrants.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014         17:43 Jun 30, 2016      Jkt 238001    PO 00000    Frm 00025   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM              01JYP1


                                                      43140                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products’’ (13.4%),                                   threshold of less than $250 million,                                   under the public float threshold to the
                                                      ‘‘Financial Trading’’ (9.0%), ‘‘Business                               while currently 31.9% of the total                                     2007 level would reflect the real growth
                                                      Services’’ (6.1%) and ‘‘Electric                                       registrants reported having a public float                             in the stock market as well as inflation
                                                      Equipment’’ (4.9%). If all 782 registrants                             of less than $75 million. In addition,                                 in nominal prices in the past decade.
                                                      were to claim smaller reporting                                        10.7% of the total registrants would                                   We do not have sufficient data to be able
                                                      company status, the proposed                                           qualify using a revenue threshold of                                   to compare the percentage of registrants
                                                      amendments would lead to a noticeable                                  $100 million, while currently 10.3% of                                 qualifying under the revenue threshold
                                                      increase in the presence of ‘‘Banking’’                                the total registrants reported having less                             when the Commission first established
                                                      and ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products’’                                        than $50 million in revenues.78 The                                    the definition of smaller reporting
                                                      registrants in the pool of smaller                                     41.8% of registrants qualifying under                                  company to the 10.7% that would
                                                      reporting companies.                                                   the public float threshold would be in
                                                                                                                                                                                                    qualify using a revenue threshold of
                                                         We estimate that the proposed                                       line with the 42% of registrants that
                                                                                                                                                                                                    $100 million. Table 4 summarizes the
                                                      amendments would lead to an                                            qualified under the public float
                                                      expansion of the smaller reporting                                     threshold when the Commission first                                    size of the potential smaller reporting
                                                      company pool. Under the proposed                                       established the definition of smaller                                  companies in terms of public float,
                                                      rules, 41.8% of the total registrants                                  reporting company. Raising the                                         market value and annual revenue under
                                                      would qualify using a public float                                     percentage of registrants qualifying                                   the proposed amendments.

                                                           TABLE 4—SIZE PROXIES FOR THE POTENTIALLY ELIGIBLE SMALLER REPORTING COMPANIES UNDER THE PROPOSED
                                                                                                      AMENDMENTS
                                                                                                                            Public float                                        Market value                                       Revenue

                                                      Mean ..............................................   $50.0 million .................................      $111.1 million ...............................       $74.2 million.
                                                      Median ...........................................    $20.9 million .................................      $29.1 million .................................      $1.5 million.
                                                      Aggregate size ...............................        $157.8 billion ................................      $374.1 billion ................................      $294.2 billion.
                                                      % of the aggregate size of all reg-                   0.03% ............................................   1.46% ............................................   1.75%.
                                                        istrants 79.



                                                      B. Potential Economic Effects                                          and compliance are productively                                        the establishment of the smaller
                                                                                                                             deployed in alternative ways. It also                                  reporting company definition,
                                                      1. Introduction
                                                                                                                             could encourage capital formation                                      registrants with public floats between
                                                         The primary benefit stemming from                                   because companies that may have been                                   $25 million and $75 million that
                                                      the proposed amendments would be a                                     hesitant to go public may choose to do                                 claimed smaller reporting company
                                                      reduction in compliance costs for those                                so if they face reduced disclosure                                     status experienced a significant
                                                      registrants that would newly qualify for                               requirements.80                                                        reduction in liquidity relative to
                                                      smaller reporting company status. If the                                 With respect to costs, the proposed                                  comparable companies. Also, under the
                                                      compliance costs have a fixed cost                                     amendments would reduce the amount                                     proposed amendments, the newly
                                                      component, which typically burdens                                     of information available to investors,                                 eligible smaller reporting companies
                                                      smaller registrants disproportionately,                                thereby potentially reducing investor                                  would not be required to provide certain
                                                      the cost savings may be particularly                                   protection. A decrease in the amount of                                executive compensation disclosure
                                                      helpful for these registrants.                                         disclosure could increase the                                          requirements, potentially lowering
                                                         As a secondary effect of the proposed                               information asymmetry between                                          corporate governance transparency of
                                                      amendments, a lower disclosure burden                                  investors and company insiders, leading                                these registrants.82
                                                      could spur growth in smaller registrants                               to lower liquidity and higher costs of                                    It is important to note that the smaller
                                                      to the extent that the compliance cost                                 capital for the affected registrants. For                              reporting company thresholds establish
                                                      savings and other resources (e.g.,                                     example, an academic study 81 finds that                               eligibility for but do not mandate
                                                      managerial effort) devoted to disclosure                               during the three-month period following                                reliance on any of the scaled disclosure
                                                         78 Using 2015 data, we estimated that, of 7,557                     easily available, we use the free float values from                    The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Exit Strategies of
                                                      total registrants that filed 10-Ks, 3,965 registrants                  Thomson Reuter’s Datastream database instead,                          Private Firms, 31 Contemporary Account. Research
                                                      would potentially qualify as smaller reporting                         which excludes from a company’s total market                           818 (Jan. 12, 2014).
                                                      companies under the proposed thresholds. In                            value all insider ownership and 5% institutional                          81 See Lin Cheng, Scott Liao, and Haiwen Zhang,
                                                      particular, we estimated that 3,159 registrants                        ownership. We estimate that in 2006 the total
                                                                                                                                                                                                    Commitment Effect versus Information Effect of
                                                      reported public float below $250 million in 2015,                      number of registrants with free float less than $75
                                                      resulting in a percentage of 41.8% (3,159/7,557) of                    million accounted for 0.37% of the aggregate free                      Disclosure: Evidence from Smaller Reporting
                                                      registrants potentially qualifying as smaller                          float, 1.81% of the aggregate market value, and                        Companies, 88 Account. Rev. 1239 (Jul. 2013).
                                                      reporting companies under the proposed public                          1.92% of the aggregate revenue.                                           82 For a review of the effects of executive

                                                      float threshold, and 2,408 registrants reported a                         80 The debate on the impact of the Sarbanes-Oxley                   compensation disclosures on compensation
                                                      public float below $75 million in 2015, resulting in                   Act on companies’ propensities to go private (Engel                    practices, see Michael Jensen, Kevin Murphy, and
                                                      a percentage of 31.9% (2,408/7,557). Also, we                          et al. (2007)), go dark (Leuz et al. (2008)), and go                   Eric Wruck, Remuneration: Where We Have Been,
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      estimated that 806 registrants reported annual                         public (Bova et al., (2014)) highlights the                            How We Got to Here, What Are the Problems, and
                                                      revenues below $100 million in 2015, resulting in                      importance of compliance costs in companies’                           How to Fix Them, Working paper, Harvard Business
                                                      a percentage of 10.7% (806/7,557) of registrants                       decisions to participate in the public capital market.                 School (2004), available at http://papers.ssrn.com/
                                                      potentially qualifying as smaller reporting                            See Ellen Engel, Rachel M. Hayes, and Xue Wang.
                                                      companies under the proposed revenue threshold,                                                                                               sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_id=561305. See also
                                                                                                                             The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Firms’ Go Private
                                                      and 775 registrants reported annual revenues below                                                                                            Benjamin E. Hermalin and Michael S. Weisbach,
                                                                                                                             Decisions 44 J. Account. & Econ. 116 (2007);
                                                      $50 million in 2015, resulting in a percentage of                      Christian Leuz, Alexander J. Triantis, and Tracy                       Information Disclosure and Corporate Governance,
                                                      10.3% (775/7,557).                                                     Yue Wang, Why Do Firms Go Dark? Causes and                             67 J. Fin. 195 (2012), and Anya Kleymenova and A.
                                                         79 The percentages in Table 4 are generally in line                 Economic Consequences of Voluntary SEC                                 Irem Tuna, Regulation of Compensation, Working
                                                      with the percentages in 2006 prior to the adoption                     Deregistrations, 45 J. Account. & Econ. 181 (Mar. 1,                   Paper, University of Chicago (2016), available at
                                                      of the current smaller reporting company definition.                   2008); and Francesco Bova, Miguel Minutti-Meza,                        http://papers.ssrn.com/sol3/papers.cfm?abstract_
                                                      Because public float information in 2006 was not                       Gordon D. Richardson, and Dushyantkumar Vyas,                          id=2755621.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014        17:43 Jun 30, 2016       Jkt 238001     PO 00000       Frm 00026       Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702     E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM            01JYP1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            43141

                                                      accommodations.83 If the proposed                        newly eligible smaller reporting                        rules, we compare the Treatment Group
                                                      amendments were adopted, we expect                       companies would be able to provide                      with Control Group 1 and Control
                                                      that the newly eligible registrants would                scaled disclosures but would continue                   Group 2 in the following areas: cost
                                                      weigh the costs and benefits of scaled                   to be subject to Section 404(b) as                      savings, information environment,
                                                      disclosure for themselves and decide                     accelerated filers.                                     liquidity and growth. We then use the
                                                      whether to take advantage of any of the                     It is possible, however, to isolate the              analysis to extrapolate the likely effects
                                                      scaled disclosure accommodations. To                     effects of scaled disclosures using                     of the expansion of eligibility for
                                                      the extent that there may be agency                      2006¥2009 data. This is because, as a                   smaller reporting company status under
                                                      concerns, expanding smaller reporting                    result of the rules that established the                the proposed amendments. In
                                                      company eligibility may provide                          smaller reporting company category in                   extrapolating the likely effects, we place
                                                      opportunities for adverse selection in a                 2007, registrants with public float                     particular emphasis on the comparison
                                                      greater number of registrants, that is,                  between $25 million and $75 million                     between the Treatment Group and
                                                      registrants whose outside investors                      experienced no change in the Section                    Control Group 1, which represents a
                                                      would have benefited from more                           404(b) exemption but became eligible                    closer group in size to the newly eligible
                                                      disclosure may choose the lower                          for the smaller reporting company                       smaller reporting companies under the
                                                      disclosure requirement once becoming                     scaled disclosures. Our empirical                       proposed amendments.
                                                      eligible. The net benefit for the newly                  methodology is a difference-in-
                                                      eligible registrants would ultimately                    difference estimation between a                         i. Potential Cost Savings: Estimates
                                                      depend on the specific facts and                         treatment group and a comparison                        Based on Changes in Audit Fees
                                                      circumstances.                                           group.85 In particular, the treatment                     The cost savings from scaled
                                                                                                               group (Treatment Group) consists of                     disclosures could include savings of
                                                      2. Estimation of Potential Costs and                     registrants with public float between
                                                      Benefits                                                                                                         resources that would be used for the
                                                                                                               $25 million and $75 million that                        relevant parts of disclosures, for
                                                         In this section, we estimate the                      claimed smaller reporting company                       example, managerial and employee
                                                      incremental costs and benefits                           status in 2008. Two natural comparison                  time, other internal resources, and audit
                                                      associated with smaller reporting                        groups exist. The first comparison group                fees related to certain disclosures.
                                                      company-related scaled disclosures,                      (Control Group 1) consists of registrants               Among these potential savings, changes
                                                      using a multivariate empirical analysis.                 that did not qualify for smaller reporting              in audit fees are readily quantifiable. To
                                                      The challenge is to isolate the economic                 company status because they had public                  the extent that the scaled disclosure
                                                      effects of scaled disclosures from the                   float just above $75 million (between                   accommodations impact information
                                                      effect of other significant                              $75 million and $125 million).86 The                    that must be audited, scaled disclosures
                                                      accommodations, such as the exemption                    second comparison group (Control                        of the audited portions of the filings
                                                      from Section 404(b) that is currently                    Group 2) consists of registrants with                   should lead to a reduction in audit
                                                      available to all smaller reporting                       public float and revenues below $25                     expenses. Because many of the scaled
                                                      companies. For this reason, we cannot                    million that were already eligible for                  disclosures available to smaller
                                                      isolate the costs and benefits associated                scaled disclosures at that time and thus                reporting companies relate to
                                                      with scaled disclosures using data from                  not affected by the Commission’s 2007                   governance and compensation
                                                      current smaller reporting companies.84                   rules.87
                                                                                                                                                                       disclosures that are not subject to audit,
                                                      Under the proposed amendments, the                          To analyze the economic effects of
                                                                                                                                                                       we acknowledge that a reduction in
                                                                                                               eligibility for scaled disclosures
                                                         83 If a disclosure requirement applicable to          resulting from the Commission’s 2007                    audit fees is likely a small part of the
                                                      smaller reporting companies is more stringent than
                                                                                                                                                                       total cost savings associated with scaled
                                                      for non-smaller reporting companies, however,               85 Difference-in-difference is a technique used to   disclosures. However, quantifying the
                                                      smaller reporting companies must comply with the         calculate the effect of a variable on a treatment       change in audit fees can potentially help
                                                      more stringent standard. Item 404 is the only            group versus a control group. In particular, in the     us estimate the entire cost savings.
                                                      Regulation S–K disclosure requirement that could         analysis below, the average change over time in the
                                                      be more stringent.                                       outcome of a variable for the treatment group is
                                                                                                                                                                         To estimate the cost savings from the
                                                         84 Although there exists a clear threshold for        compared to the average change over time in the         proposed amendments, we first examine
                                                      eligibility, we cannot use the well-known empirical      outcome of that variable for the control group.         changes in the audit fees of registrants
                                                      method of Regression Discontinuity Design to                86 This would allow for a $50 million bandwidth
                                                                                                                                                                       that were newly eligible to use scaled
                                                      assess the treatment effect of scaled disclosures for    similar to that used in the Commission’s 2007 rules,
                                                      smaller reporting companies. This method requires        which raised the threshold for relief from $25
                                                                                                                                                                       disclosures as a result of the 2007 rules
                                                      that the assignment of the treatment among               million to $75 million.                                 relative to those in the comparison
                                                      registrants is ‘‘as good as random’’ around the             87 The comparison groups help control for            groups between the pre-rule 2006¥2007
                                                      threshold. Under this assumption, the registrants        confounding factors that may also independently         period and the post-rule 2008¥2009
                                                      that receive the treatment of scaled disclosure (i.e.,   affect the economic effects associated with scaled
                                                      smaller reporting companies) should be comparable
                                                                                                                                                                       period. Audit fee data come from the
                                                                                                               disclosures. While we determine Treatment Group
                                                      to those registrants that do not receive the treatment   and Control Group 1 based on public float alone,        Audit Analytics database. We include
                                                      because their public float is just above the $75         we use both public float and revenues to determine      only registrants that had both pre-rule
                                                      million threshold. Given the exemption from              Control Group 2, because, prior to the                  and post-rule audit fee data in the
                                                      Section 404(b) available to current smaller reporting    Commission’s 2007 rules, registrants with public
                                                      companies with public float below $75 million, this      float below $25 million were not eligible for scaled
                                                                                                                                                                       analysis. Table 5 reports the main
                                                      assumption does not hold.                                disclosures if their revenues exceeded $25 million.     results.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43142                               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                       TABLE 5—PRE- AND POST-COMMISSION’S 2007 RULES AUDIT FEES FOR SMALLER REPORTING COMPANIES (SRCS) AND
                                                                                               COMPARISON GROUPS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Control         Control
                                                                                                                                                                                                     Treatment         group 1         group 2
                                                                                                                                                                                                       group         (Non-SRCs       (SRCs with
                                                                                                                  Fiscal year                                                                       (SRCs with           with        public float
                                                                                                                                                                                                    public float     public float   and revenues
                                                                                                                                                                                                   $25m–$75m)       $75m–$125m)     below $25m)

                                                      Avg. 2006–2007 ...........................................................................................................................       $311,105         $676,194        $113,757
                                                      Avg. 2008–2009 ...........................................................................................................................       $267,252         $654,463        $101,854
                                                      Number of Observations ..............................................................................................................               1,315              694             962



                                                         For smaller reporting companies with                                 declined by 14.1% in the 2008–2009                                    of potential cost savings stemming from
                                                      public floats between $25 million and                                   period relative to the 2006–2007 period,                              scaled disclosures. There are cost
                                                      $75 million, in 2008–2009, average                                      but only by 3.2% for Control Group 1                                  savings apart from the audit, such as
                                                      audit fees declined by $43,853. In                                      and 10.5% for Control Group 2. Thus,                                  cost savings resulting from a smaller
                                                      contrast, both Control Group 1, which                                   the difference-in-difference estimate of                              reporting company not being required to
                                                      just missed eligibility for claiming                                    the treatment effect in terms of a                                    prepare compensation discussion and
                                                      smaller reporting company status, and                                   percentage reduction is a 3.6% to 10.9%                               analysis (CD&A) and from other scaled
                                                      Control Group 2, which already was                                      reduction of the audit fees.                                          disclosures in Item 402 of Regulation S–
                                                      subject to scaled disclosures,                                             For the 782 newly eligible registrants                             K. These cost savings likely will include
                                                      experienced a much smaller decline in                                   that we estimate would be potentially                                 both internal cost savings (such as
                                                      average audit fees after the adoption of                                affected by the proposed amendments,                                  employee and managerial time and
                                                      the Commission’s 2007 rules: $21,731                                    the average audit fees were $683,607 in                               resources) and external cost savings
                                                      and $11,903, respectively. Thus, the                                    fiscal year 2014. Thus, if we use the                                 from fees for other outside professionals
                                                      difference-in-difference estimate of the                                dollar value estimates of the audit fee                               such as attorneys. Given the nature of
                                                      savings in audit fees associated with                                   savings, then the estimated reduction in                              scaled disclosures available to smaller
                                                      scaled disclosures is between $22,122                                   audit fees would be between $24,353                                   reporting companies, we expect these
                                                      and $31,950 per smaller reporting                                       and $35,172 for this group, which are                                 other cost savings to be much larger
                                                      company. Both estimated differences                                     the inflation-adjusted values of the audit                            than the cost savings in audit fees.
                                                      differ significantly from zero. Although                                fee savings estimates in 2008 and                                     Accordingly, we assume that 25% of the
                                                      two different control groups are used to                                2009.90 This estimate for savings on                                  total cost savings from scaled disclosure
                                                      control for all other factors that may                                  audit fees for the newly eligible                                     comes from savings in audit fees and
                                                      have caused the changes in audit fees in                                registrants would be about 3.6%                                       75% of the savings comes from
                                                      smaller registrants during the 2006–                                    (=$24,353/$683,607) to 5.1% (=$35,172/                                reduction in other expenses. Given this
                                                      2009 period,88 the effect of the 2008                                   $683,607) of the audit fees. If we use the                            assumption, we estimate total annual
                                                      financial crisis may not be completely                                  percentage reduction estimates, then the                              cost savings per newly eligible registrant
                                                      ruled out and could make the estimated                                  estimated reduction in the audit fees                                 to be between $98,439 (=$24,610 × 4)
                                                      savings in audit fees appear larger than                                would range from $24,610 (=$683,607 ×                                 and $298,052 (=$74,513 × 4), which is
                                                      they actually were.                                                     3.6%) to $74,513 (=$683,607 × 10.9%)                                  0.04% (=$98,439/$246.9 million) to
                                                         We can also estimate the savings in                                  for the Treatment Group.                                              0.12% (=$298,052/$246.9 million) of the
                                                      audit fees in terms of a percentage                                        We recognize that our analysis is                                  average revenue of the newly eligible
                                                      reduction, instead of a dollar value.89                                 subject to a number of assumptions,                                   registrants.
                                                      The audit fees for the Treatment Group                                  some of which may not be fully
                                                                                                                              applicable when estimating the possible                               ii. Information Environment, Liquidity
                                                                                                                                                                                                    and Growth
                                                        88 For  example, among other factors, we note that                    current change in audit expenses as a
                                                      the Commission approved Public Company                                  result of the proposed amendments.91 In                                  A registrant’s information
                                                      Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No.                                                                                              environment can be measured by the
                                                      5 regarding Audits of Internal Control over                             addition, we recognize that audit
                                                      Financial Reporting (AS 5). Among other things, AS                      expenses are only one component of                                    amount of useful information available
                                                      5 was intended to reduce unnecessary costs by                           costs for registrants and that changes in                             to investors and the quality of
                                                      making the audit scalable to fit the size and                           audit fees do not capture the full range                              information. To gauge the potential
                                                      complexity of company. AS 5 became effective in                                                                                               effects on the degree of external
                                                      November 2007 and registrants with fiscal years
                                                      ending between July and November were allowed                              90 The inflation adjustment was performed using                    information production about the
                                                      to avail themselves of the provision earlier. The                       the CPI calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics                  registrant that could benefit investors,
                                                      adoption and implementation of AS 5 in 2007 could                       (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).                             we determine a registrant’s percentage
                                                      have had an impact on the audit fees of all                                91 Estimates based on data from 2006 to 2009 may

                                                      companies subject to Section 404(b). Given that in
                                                                                                                                                                                                    of institutional ownership, total 5%
                                                                                                                              not be directly applicable to newly eligible
                                                      our analysis both Treatment Group and Control                           registrants under the proposed amendments. On the                     block institutional ownership, and
                                                                                                                                                                                                    analyst coverage (i.e., whether a
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      Group 1 were affected by AS 5, however, the                             one hand, because auditors may charge larger
                                                      difference-in-difference methodology should                             registrants more for auditing the same disclosure                     registrant is covered by at least one
                                                      control for the potential effects of AS 5 on audit                      items, our estimate could be viewed as a
                                                      fees. In addition, based on companies’ fiscal year
                                                                                                                                                                                                    analyst and the number of analysts).
                                                                                                                              conservative estimate on the potential savings of
                                                      end, we have no reason to believe that early                            audit fees for the newly eligible smaller reporting
                                                                                                                                                                                                       To measure disclosure quality, we use
                                                      adopters were more or less concentrated in                              companies. On the other hand, if there were any                       four discretionary accrual measures
                                                      Treatment Group than Control Group 1.                                   increased competition in the auditing industry                        commonly used in the accounting
                                                        89 If there is a fixed (dollar value) component in                    since 2009, then it could have led to lower audit                     literature as proxies for earnings
                                                      audit expenses that apply to registrants of all sizes,                  expenses for the same disclosure items. Thus, our
                                                      then the estimates under this alternative approach                      estimate could be higher or lower than the actual
                                                                                                                                                                                                    management and the incidence of
                                                      can be viewed as the upper bound of the potential                       savings on audit fees for smaller reporting                           material restatements (based on when
                                                      audit fee savings.                                                      companies in 2008 and 2009.                                           the restatement happened—beginning


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014        17:43 Jun 30, 2016        Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00028       Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM      01JYP1


                                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                            43143

                                                      year—and when the restatement was                                          Table 6 reports the estimated                                         Control Group 2 consists of small
                                                      reported—filing year). Scaled disclosure                                treatment effect. The number in the                                      business issuers with public float and
                                                      may contribute to lowering the overall                                  Treatment Group vs. Control Group 1                                      revenues below $25 million.
                                                      quality of the information environment,                                 column reflects the difference between:                                  Institutional Ownership is total
                                                      which is proxied here by the propensity                                 (1) The average change in the metric for                                 percentage institutional ownership.
                                                      for earnings management and the                                         the Treatment Group, from the 2006–                                      Block Institutional Ownership is total
                                                      incidence of material restatements.92                                   2007 period, when it was not eligible for                                block (5%) institutional ownership.
                                                      The data on restatements are from the                                   scaled disclosure, to the 2008–2009                                      Number of Analysts is the number of
                                                      Audit Analytics database. A material                                    period, when it was eligible for scaled                                  analysts following a registrant. Analyst
                                                      restatement is defined as a restatement                                 disclosure, and (2) the average change in                                Coverage Dummy is a dummy variable
                                                      that is reported under Item 4.02 of Form                                the metric between the same periods for                                  indicating the existence of analyst
                                                      8–K.                                                                    Control Group 1, which was never                                         following. Earnings Mgmt. 1–4 are four
                                                                                                                              eligible for scaled disclosure. Similarly,                               different discretionary accruals
                                                         To examine the potential effects on                                  the number in the Treatment Group vs.                                    measures. Earnings Mgmt. 1 follows
                                                      liquidity, we focus on the share                                        Control Group 2 column reflects the                                      Kothari, Leone, and Wasley (2005), and
                                                      turnover ratio, which is calculated by                                  difference between: (1) The average                                      Earnings Mgmt. 2–4 follows Dechow,
                                                      dividing the total number of shares                                     change in the metric for the Treatment                                   Sloan, and Sweeney (1995).94 Material
                                                      traded over a period by the number of                                   Group from the 2006–2007 period,                                         Restatement (Filing Year) is a dummy
                                                      shares outstanding. To assess the effects                               when it was not eligible for scaled                                      variable that equals one if a registrant
                                                      of scaled disclosures on growth, we                                     disclosure, to the 2008–2009 period,                                     discloses restatement under Item 4.02 of
                                                      examine a registrant’s capital                                          when it was eligible for scaled                                          Form 8–K in that year, and zero
                                                      investment, which is measured by the                                    disclosure and (2) the average change in                                 otherwise. Material Restatement
                                                      capital expenditures to assets ratio, as a                              the metric between the same periods for                                  (Beginning Year) is a dummy variable
                                                      proxy for real growth. Because there is                                 Control Group 2, which had been                                          that equals one if the material reason for
                                                      a high concentration of smaller                                         eligible for scaled disclosure for both                                  the restatement under Item 4.02 of Form
                                                      reporting companies in industries for                                   periods.93                                                               8–K originated in that year, and zero
                                                      which R&D investment is important                                          This table shows the scaled disclosure                                otherwise. Share Turnover is the ratio of
                                                      (e.g., pharmaceutical products and                                      effect for smaller reporting companies                                   shares traded over shares outstanding.
                                                      electronic equipment), we also examine                                  (SRCs) on information environment,                                       Capital Investment is capital
                                                      a registrant’s investment in R&D.                                       liquidity, and growth. Treatment Group                                   expenditures over book assets. R&D
                                                      Finally, we examine asset growth,                                       consists of SRCs with public float                                       investment is R&D expenditures over
                                                      which is the growth rate in book assets,                                between $25 million and $75 million in                                   revenue. Asset Growth is the annual
                                                      which could capture a registrant’s                                      fiscal year 2008. Control Group 1                                        growth rate of book assets. ***, **, and
                                                      growth through both capital investment                                  consists of non-SRCs with public float                                   * indicate significance at 1%, 5%, and
                                                      and acquisition.                                                        between $75 million and $125 million.                                    10% confidence levels, respectively.

                                                                       TABLE 6—EFFECT OF SCALED DISCLOSURES ON INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT, LIQUIDITY AND GROWTH
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Treatment Group       Treatment Group
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    vs. Control           vs. Control
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Group 1               Group 2

                                                      Information Environment:
                                                      External Information Production
                                                           Institutional Ownership .........................................................................................................................              ***¥0.052            ***¥0.022
                                                           Institutional Block Ownership ...............................................................................................................                   **¥0.016               ¥0.002
                                                           Number of Analysts ..............................................................................................................................                 ¥0.179               ¥0.068
                                                           Analyst Coverage Dummy ....................................................................................................................                    ***¥0.099               ***0.087
                                                      Information Environment:
                                                      Disclosure Quality
                                                           Earnings Mgmt. 1 .................................................................................................................................                 0.025                  0.015
                                                           Earnings Mgmt. 2 .................................................................................................................................                 0.024                  0.013
                                                           Earnings Mgmt. 3 .................................................................................................................................                 0.020                  0.024
                                                           Earnings Mgmt. 4 .................................................................................................................................                 0.018                  0.023
                                                           Material Restatement (Filing Year) ......................................................................................................                          0.018                  0.015
                                                           Material Restatement (Beginning Year) ...............................................................................................                            **0.036                  0.016
                                                      Liquidity
                                                           Share Turnover Ratio ...........................................................................................................................                 ¥0.063                ¥0.052
                                                      Growth
                                                           Capital Investment ................................................................................................................................               0.005                ¥0.005
                                                           R&D Investment ...................................................................................................................................               ¥0.035                ¥0.002
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         92 In using these proxies, we do not mean to                            y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * [SRC * After]                       consistent with a reduction in the value of the
                                                      suggest that scaled disclosure would be expected to                        where the single-letter terms ‘‘a’’ to ‘‘d’’ are                      dependent variable y (Institutional Ownership,
                                                      directly cause an increase in earnings management                       coefficients to be estimated; ‘‘SRC’’ equals one for                     Institutional Block Ownership, etc.) for treated
                                                      or an increased incidence of material restatements,                     the treatment group and zero for the comparison                          firms.
                                                      as there is little direct connection between the types                  group; and ‘‘After’’ equals one for fiscal years 2008                       94 See, Patricia M. Dechow, Richard G. Sloan, and
                                                      of disclosure governed by our scaled disclosure                         and 2009 and zero for fiscal years 2006 and 2007.                        Amy P. Sweeney, Detecting Earnings Management
                                                      requirements and the disclosure affected by a                           The treatment effect is reflected in the coefficient                     70 Account. Rev. 193 (1995); S.P. Kothari, Andrew
                                                      restatement.                                                            estimate d, which is the differential value of the                       J. Leone, and Charles E. Wasley, Performance
                                                         93 Specifically, for each number reported in Table                   variable y for treated firms following the start of the                  Matched Discretionary Accrual Measures, 39 J.
                                                      6, we estimate the following equation:                                  treatment. A statistically negative estimate of d is                     Account. & Econ. 163 (2005).



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014        17:43 Jun 30, 2016        Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00029      Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM             01JYP1


                                                      43144                               Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                           TABLE 6—EFFECT OF SCALED DISCLOSURES ON INFORMATION ENVIRONMENT, LIQUIDITY AND GROWTH—Continued
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Treatment Group         Treatment Group
                                                                                                                                                                                                                    vs. Control             vs. Control
                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Group 1                 Group 2

                                                      Asset Growth Rate ......................................................................................................................................              ¥0.005                ***¥0.282



                                                         The results in Table 6 suggest that the                              reporting companies, we do not expect                                    between affiliated owners—who are
                                                      scaled disclosures had a negative effect                                the proposed amendments to have a                                        often the decision makers—and non-
                                                      on institutional ownership. The                                         significantly negative impact on their                                   affiliated owners—who are often the
                                                      Treatment Group, which became                                           liquidity.                                                               uninformed minority shareholders on
                                                      eligible for scaled disclosures,                                           The results in Table 6 indicate no                                    whom reduced disclosure would have a
                                                      experienced a 5.2% greater decrease in                                  clear difference between smaller                                         greater impact. We examine whether the
                                                      average institutional ownership from                                    reporting companies and comparable                                       effects of scaled disclosure on
                                                      period to period than the companies in                                  registrants in terms of changes in capital                               registrants’ information environment,
                                                      Control Group 1, which remained                                         investment and R&D investment. The                                       liquidity, and growth depend on the
                                                      ineligible for scaled disclosures, and a                                effect on asset growth rate is mixed.                                    percentage of affiliated ownership,
                                                      2.2% greater decrease in average                                        There is no significant difference                                       which is the market value of affiliated
                                                      institutional ownership from period to                                  between the Treatment Group                                              equity shares divided by the registrant’s
                                                      period than the companies in Control                                    companies and Control Group 1, but                                       total market value of equity. The average
                                                      Group 2, which were eligible for scaled                                 compared to Control Group 2,                                             affiliated ownership is 43% for smaller
                                                      disclosures throughout both periods.                                    Treatment Group companies had                                            reporting companies in the treatment
                                                         The results reflect a positive effect on                             deterioration in asset growth rate after                                 group in years 2008 and 2009 (median
                                                      material restatements measured based                                    the 2007 rules. Overall, our empirical                                   42%).
                                                      on when such restatement was triggered                                  analysis suggests that scaled disclosures                                   The results are reported in Table 7.
                                                      (material restatement by beginning year)                                have only a minimal effect on growth in                                  The number in the Treatment Group vs.
                                                      in smaller reporting companies, while                                   current smaller reporting companies                                      Control Group 1 column reflects the
                                                      the effect on analyst coverage is                                       relative to comparable companies. Thus,                                  difference between: (1) The difference
                                                      inconclusive. Smaller reporting                                         we also do not expect any significant                                    between the average metric of
                                                      companies tend to lose analyst coverage                                 effect of the scaled disclosures on the                                  registrants in the Treatment Group with
                                                      relative to comparable companies that                                   growth of the newly eligible registrants                                 affiliated ownership that is higher than
                                                      just missed eligibility, but they gain                                  under the proposed amendments.                                           the group median and that of the
                                                      coverage relative to even smaller                                                                                                                registrants in the Treatment Group with
                                                      companies that already enjoyed scaled                                   iii. Conclusion
                                                                                                                                                                                                       affiliated ownership that is lower than
                                                      disclosures. There is no statistically                                     Taken together, our empirical analysis                                the group median and (2) the difference
                                                      significant effect on earnings quality as                               suggests that, for most of the newly                                     between the average metric of
                                                      captured by discretionary accruals                                      eligible smaller reporting companies                                     registrants in Control Group 1 with
                                                      measures or the incidence of material                                   under the proposed amendments, scaled                                    affiliated ownership that is higher than
                                                      restatement by filing year. Overall, the                                disclosures may generate a modest, but                                   the group median and that of the
                                                      evidence suggests a modest, but                                         statistically significant, amount of cost                                registrants in Control Group 1 with
                                                      statistically significant, negative effect                              savings in terms of the reduction in                                     affiliated ownership that is lower than
                                                      of scaled disclosure on smaller reporting                               compliance costs, a modest, but                                          the group median. Similarly, the
                                                      companies’ overall information                                          statistically significant, deterioration in                              number in the Treatment Group vs.
                                                      environment.                                                            some of the proxies used to assess the
                                                         The effect of scaled disclosures on                                                                                                           Control Group 2 column reflects the
                                                                                                                              overall quality of information                                           difference between: (1) The difference
                                                      share turnover ratio is negative but                                    environment, and a muted effect on the
                                                      statistically insignificant, suggesting no                                                                                                       between the average metric for the
                                                                                                                              growth of the registrant’s capital                                       higher-than-median affiliated ownership
                                                      significant effect of scaled disclosures                                investments, investments in R&D and
                                                      on smaller reporting companies’                                                                                                                  registrants and that of the lower-than-
                                                                                                                              assets.                                                                  median affiliated ownership registrants
                                                      liquidity.95 Because the newly eligible
                                                      registrants are larger in market                                        3. Affiliated Ownership and Adverse                                      in the Treatment Group and (2) the
                                                      capitalization and have more                                            Selection                                                                difference between the average metrics
                                                      institutional ownership and analyst                                                                                                              for the same sectors of Control Group
                                                                                                                                 In general, holding market value
                                                      coverage than the current smaller                                                                                                                2.96
                                                                                                                              constant, the use of public float to
                                                                                                                              define eligibility favors registrants with                                  96 Specifically, for each number reported in Table
                                                         95 In contrast, Chang et al. (2013) did find a
                                                                                                                              more affiliated ownership. If we                                         7, we estimate the following equation:
                                                      negative and significant effect of the Commission’s
                                                      2007 rules on smaller reporting companies’
                                                                                                                              consider two registrants with the same                                      y = a + b * SRC + c * After + d * HighAff + e
                                                                                                                              market value but different affiliated
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      liquidity. The difference in the results could stem                                                                                              * [SRC * After] + f * [SRC * HighAff + g * [After
                                                      from the use of a different empirical methodology,                      ownership, the one with greater                                          * HighAff] + h * [SRC * High Aff * After]
                                                      different sample and sample period. Chang et al.                        affiliated ownership will have a lower                                      where the single-letter terms ‘‘a’’ to ‘‘h’’ are
                                                      (2013) excluded financial companies. While the                                                                                                   coefficients to be estimated. ‘‘After’’ and ‘‘SRC’’ are
                                                      authors examined a pre-rule period of April to June
                                                                                                                              public float, which is the value of non-                                 defined in note 93. ‘‘HighAff’’ is a dummy variable
                                                      of 2007, we included the entire 2006 and 2007                           affiliated ownership, and thus will be                                   equal to one if the firm’s affiliated ownership is
                                                      periods. Also, while the authors examined a post-                       more likely to qualify for smaller                                       greater than the sample median of 0.42; otherwise,
                                                      rule period of February to August of 2008, we                           reporting company status based on the                                    ‘‘HighAff’’ is equal to zero. The treatment effect of
                                                      included the entire 2008 and 2009 periods. In                                                                                                    interest is measured by the coefficient h, which is
                                                      addition, the authors focus on a set of illiquidity
                                                                                                                              public float threshold. This could be                                    the differential value of the variable y for treated
                                                      measures, while we focus on the share turnover                          problematic if the adverse selection                                     firms with high affiliated ownership, following the
                                                      ratio, a commonly used liquidity measure.                               problem creates a conflict of interest                                   start of the treatment. See also note 93.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014        17:43 Jun 30, 2016        Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00030      Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM             01JYP1


                                                                                          Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                                            43145

                                                        This table shows the estimated                                        is owned by affiliated parties (i.e.,                                    disclosures have a more negative effect
                                                      difference in the scaled disclosure effect                              corporate insiders and 10% block                                         on smaller reporting companies with
                                                      on smaller reporting companies with                                     owners). Companies with high (low)                                       high affiliated ownership than on those
                                                      high affiliated ownership and those                                     affiliated ownership include companies                                   with low affiliated ownership. ***, **,
                                                      with low affiliated ownership. Affiliated                               with affiliated ownership above (below)                                  and * indicate significance at 1%, 5%,
                                                      ownership is the percentage of a                                        the sample median. A negative and                                        and 10% confidence levels,
                                                      registrant’s market value of equity that                                significant estimate means that scaled                                   respectively.

                                                                                                           TABLE 7—AFFILIATED OWNERSHIP AND ADVERSE SELECTION
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Treatment Group        Treatment Group
                                                                                                                                                                                                                 vs. Control Group      vs. Control Group
                                                                                                                                                                                                                         1                      2

                                                      Information Environment:
                                                      External Information Production
                                                           Institutional Ownership .........................................................................................................................              * * *¥0.127            *¥0.110
                                                           Institutional Block Ownership ...............................................................................................................                    **¥0.079             *¥0.126
                                                           Number of Analysts ..............................................................................................................................                **¥0.742              ** 1.277
                                                           Analyst Coverage Dummy ....................................................................................................................                         ¥0.052             ** 0.500
                                                      Information Environment:
                                                      Disclosure Quality
                                                           Earnings Mgmt. 1 .................................................................................................................................                   0.010             0.286
                                                           Material Restatement (Filing Year) ......................................................................................................                            0.038            ¥0.040
                                                           Material Restatement (Beginning Year) ...............................................................................................                             ** 0.084             0.001
                                                      Liquidity
                                                           Share Turnover Ratio ...........................................................................................................................                    0.052                0.059
                                                      Growth
                                                           Capital Investment ................................................................................................................................               ** 0.029             0.049
                                                           R&D Investment ...................................................................................................................................                   0.014            ¥0.756
                                                           Asset Growth Rate ...............................................................................................................................                    0.136            ¥1.485



                                                         Our analysis suggests that affiliated                                potential disadvantage that the newly                                    capital formation because the
                                                      ownership may exacerbate the potential                                  eligible registrants have relative to the                                Commission’s 2007 rules coincided
                                                      negative effects of scaled disclosure on                                current smaller reporting companies                                      with the 2008 financial crisis and its
                                                      external information production by                                      that already use the scaled disclosure                                   aftermath, which led to extremely thin
                                                      professionals such as institutional                                     requirements. The proposed                                               capital market activities. However,
                                                      investors. There is also some evidence                                  amendments may also increase the                                         given that both the potential cost
                                                      that larger affiliated ownership may                                    competitive advantage of the newly                                       savings and the potential negative
                                                      exacerbate the adverse effect of scaled                                 eligible registrants relative to                                         consequences of scaled disclosure are
                                                      disclosure on material restatements                                     unregistered companies that compete                                      modest, as shown in Tables 5 and 6, we
                                                      measured based on when such                                             with them in the product market.                                         do not expect the proposed amendments
                                                      restatement was triggered in smaller                                    However, because there is no clear                                       to have a significant impact on capital
                                                      reporting companies (relative to Control                                evidence that scaled disclosures have a                                  formation for the newly eligible
                                                      Group 1). At the same time, scaled                                      significant effect on the growth of                                      registrants.
                                                      disclosures tend to have a more positive                                current smaller reporting companies, we                                  C. Possible Alternatives
                                                      effect on smaller reporting companies’                                  expect these potentially positive
                                                      capital investment when affiliated                                                                                                                  In this section, we present several
                                                                                                                              competitive effects to be modest. On the
                                                      ownership is higher. Overall, there is                                                                                                           alternatives to the proposed
                                                                                                                              other hand, setting any eligibility
                                                      inconclusive evidence that affiliated                                                                                                            amendments and discuss their relative
                                                                                                                              threshold may create a competitive
                                                      ownership is associated with adverse                                                                                                             costs and benefits.
                                                                                                                              disadvantage for those registrants that                                     As a first alternative, we could use a
                                                      selection in current smaller reporting                                  miss eligibility because their public
                                                      companies. For the 782 newly eligible                                                                                                            different registrant size metric in the
                                                                                                                              float is just above the specified                                        smaller reporting company definition.
                                                      registrants that would potentially be                                   threshold, relative to the newly eligible
                                                      affected by the proposed amendments,                                                                                                             While public float has the advantage of
                                                                                                                              registrants. However, our economic                                       capturing the value held by non-
                                                      the average affiliated ownership is                                     analysis suggests that this potentially
                                                      34.5% of market capitalization, lower                                                                                                            affiliated investors who may be more
                                                                                                                              negative effect would be modest.                                         affected by informational asymmetries,
                                                      than for the current smaller reporting
                                                      companies (47.6% in 2015). Thus, any                                       As discussed above, our empirical                                     the disadvantage of public float is
                                                      agency concerns arising from affiliated                                 analysis suggests that scaled disclosures                                twofold. First, reported public float
                                                                                                                              related to smaller reporting companies                                   numbers are not easily verifiable.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      ownership should have a lower impact
                                                      for the newly eligible registrants than                                 are unlikely to have a significantly                                     Second, using public float to define
                                                      for the current smaller reporting                                       negative effect on the overall                                           eligibility may increase adverse
                                                      companies.                                                              information environment of smaller                                       selection due to conflicts of interest
                                                                                                                              reporting companies. Thus, we do not                                     between affiliated and non-affiliated
                                                      4. Effects on Efficiency, Competition                                   expect that the proposed amendments                                      owners. We considered equity market
                                                      and Capital Formation                                                   would have a significant negative effect                                 value as an alternative size metric to
                                                         The proposed amendments may have                                     on the information efficiency of affected                                public float. Equity market value is
                                                      competitive effects. On one hand, the                                   parties. Finally, it is difficult to quantify                            more accessible and more easily
                                                      proposed amendments may reduce the                                      the effect of scaled disclosures on                                      verifiable than public float. It does not


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014        17:43 Jun 30, 2016        Jkt 238001      PO 00000       Frm 00031      Fmt 4702      Sfmt 4702      E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM             01JYP1


                                                      43146                       Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      differentiate registrants based on the                   we could take inflation since 2007 into                companies under the proposed
                                                      degree of informational asymmetry                        account, raising the public float                      amendments would remain subject to
                                                      concerns, but it also does not favor                     threshold from $75 million to $85.7                    Section 404(b). This would create two
                                                      registrants with more affiliated                         million and the revenue threshold from                 tiers among smaller reporting
                                                      ownership. If we define registrants as                   $50 million to $57.2 million. The                      companies: registrants with public floats
                                                      smaller reporting companies when they                    inflation adjustment of the current                    below $75 million would be eligible for
                                                      have less than $250 million in equity                    thresholds would expand the pool of                    the scaled disclosures and exempt from
                                                      market value or zero equity market                       eligible smaller reporting companies by                Section 404(b) and registrants with
                                                      value but revenue below $100 million,                    88 registrants, 82 of which reported                   public floats between $75 million and
                                                      3,604 or 47.7% of the registrants that                   public float between $75 million and                   $250 million would be eligible only for
                                                      filed Forms 10–K in 2015 would qualify                   $85.7 million in their 2015 Form 10–Ks                 the scaled disclosures. Thus, one
                                                      as smaller reporting companies (3,084                    and six of which had zero public float                 alternative would be to extend the
                                                      based on equity market value and 520                     and revenue between $50 million and                    Section 404(b) exemption to all
                                                      based on revenue).97                                     $57.2 million.99 Alternatively, instead                registrants that are eligible for and claim
                                                         As a second alternative, we could                     of $250 million public float, we could                 smaller reporting company status.
                                                      revise the smaller reporting company                     use $700 million public float, which is                   The advantage of this alternative
                                                      definition to capture registrants that                   the threshold in the ‘‘large accelerated               would be twofold. First, it would
                                                      meet either a public float threshold or a                filer’’ definition. For registrants with               provide a uniform exemption from the
                                                      revenue threshold. For example, one                      zero public float, we could use $1                     auditor attestation about the
                                                      commenter suggested defining a smaller                   billion in revenue instead of $100                     effectiveness of internal controls over
                                                      reporting company as any registrant                      million in revenue, which is the                       financial reporting for all smaller
                                                      with either public float below $250                      threshold in the EGC definition. A $1                  reporting companies, which could
                                                      million or revenue below $100                            billion revenue threshold would make                   potentially simplify the regulatory
                                                      million.98 This alternative would lead to                scaled disclosure accommodations for                   framework. Second, it could lead to
                                                      1,266 additional eligible registrants                    smaller reporting companies and EGCs                   greater cost savings for the newly
                                                      relative to the current definition, and                  uniform for the subset of smaller                      eligible registrants. Although there is
                                                      201 relative to the proposed                             registrants that have zero public float.               debate on whether the direct cost of
                                                      amendments. Among the 201 additional                     Using 2015 data, we estimate that if we                Section 404(b) is substantial for the
                                                      registrants, 41.5% are in                                were to use these alternative thresholds               majority of registrants, there are
                                                      ‘‘Pharmaceutical Products’’ and 18% are                  in combination, there would be 899                     academic studies suggesting that the
                                                      in ‘‘Financial Trading.’’ Expanding the                  newly eligible registrants for smaller                 cost was non-trivial for smaller
                                                      pool of eligible registrants would lead to               reporting company status (746 newly                    registrants when Section 404(b) was first
                                                      increased cost savings for registrants                   eligible registrants based on public float             implemented in 2004,100 and that
                                                      while also increasing the potential for                  and 153 newly eligible registrants based               expenses related to Section 404(b)
                                                      informational asymmetries and other                      on revenues), in addition to the 782                   compliance have decreased over time as
                                                      costs associated with scaled disclosures.                newly eligible registrants under the                   companies and their auditors gained
                                                      In addition, relative to the current                     proposed amendments. Expanding the                     more experience with the requirements
                                                      smaller reporting companies or those                     pool of registrants eligible for smaller               and as a result of steps taken by both the
                                                      newly eligible under the proposed                        reporting company status using the                     Commission and the Public Company
                                                                                                               latter two alternative thresholds would                Accounting Oversight Board.101 There
                                                      amendments, the 201 additional
                                                                                                               further reduce overall compliance costs                also may be indirect costs associated
                                                      qualifying registrants may have different
                                                                                                               for registrants but also potentially                   with Section 404(b), such as, among
                                                      characteristics that could affect the
                                                                                                               increase the informational asymmetries                 other things, increasing smaller
                                                      appropriateness of scaled disclosure.
                                                                                                               and other adverse effects associated                   registrants’ propensity to go private or
                                                      For example, the 201 additional
                                                                                                               with scaled disclosures. Relative to the               decreasing their propensity to go public
                                                      registrants are substantially larger than
                                                                                                               current smaller reporting companies or                 or altering their incentives to grow by
                                                      those eligible under the current
                                                                                                               the newly eligible smaller reporting                   undertaking less investment.102
                                                      definition or the proposed amendments.
                                                      The average public float of the 201                      companies under the proposed
                                                                                                                                                                         100 See, e.g., Peter Iliev, Effect of SOX Section
                                                      additional registrants is $769 million,                  amendments, these additional
                                                                                                                                                                      404: Costs, Earnings Quality, and Stock Prices, 45
                                                      while it is $17 million under the current                qualifying registrants also may have                   J. Fin. 1163–1196 (2010).
                                                      definition and $50 million under the                     different characteristics that could affect               101 See, e.g., Cindy R. Alexander et al., Economic

                                                      proposed amendments. The size of these                   the appropriateness of scaled disclosure.              Effects of SOX Section 404 Compliance: A
                                                                                                               For example, the 899 additional                        Corporate Insider Perspective,’’ 56 J. Account. &
                                                      registrants implies that any cost savings                                                                       Econ. 267–290; John Coates and Suraj Srinivasan,
                                                      from scaled disclosures would generate                   registrants under this alternative are                 SOX after Ten Years: A Multidisciplinary Review,
                                                      a much smaller impact on their firm                      much larger, implying that any cost                    Accounting Horizons, forthcoming (2014). But see
                                                                                                               savings from scaled disclosures would                  note 66 (indicating that one stakeholder
                                                      value and may not justify the potential                                                                         representative has raised concerns about whether,
                                                      loss of informational transparency.                      generate a much smaller impact on the                  in response to PCAOB inspection results, some
                                                         While neither public float nor revenue                registrants’ firm value, and may not                   auditors more recently have started to take
                                                      data show a natural breakpoint, as a                     justify the potential loss of                          approaches to evaluate internal control over
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                               informational transparency.                            financial reporting that are inconsistent with
                                                      third alternative to the proposed                                                                               attaining goals of reduced compliance costs).
                                                      amendments, we could have revised the                       As a fourth alternative, we could                      102 See Gao, Feng, Joanna Wu, and Jerold

                                                      smaller reporting company definition                     consider expanding the number of                       Zimmerman, Unintended Consequences of Granting
                                                      using different thresholds. For example,                 registrants eligible for the Sarbanes-                 Small Firms Exemptions From Securities
                                                                                                               Oxley Act Section 404(b) exemption.                    Regulation: Evidence From The Sarbanes-Oxley
                                                                                                                                                                      Act, Journal of Accounting Research, Vol. 49, No.
                                                        97 This alternative would lead to a slightly smaller   The newly eligible smaller reporting                   2, 459–506 (2009) (providing evidence that the
                                                      pool of registrants eligible for smaller reporting                                                              exemption from Section 404 for non-accelerated
                                                      company status than under the proposed                     99 The inflation adjustment was performed using      filers has created an incentive for some of these
                                                      amendments.                                              the CPI calculator of the Bureau of Labor Statistics   firms to remain below the bright-line threshold of
                                                        98 See BIO Letter.                                     (http://data.bls.gov/cgi-bin/cpicalc.pl).              $75 million of public float).



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                 43147

                                                      Extending the exemption also could                      rulemaking initiative if accompanied by                reporting companies? What are the
                                                      lead to a reduction of these indirect                   supporting data and analysis of the                    advantages and disadvantages
                                                      costs, although this reduction is difficult             issues addressed in those comments and                 associated with these alternative
                                                      to quantify.                                            by alternatives to our proposals where                 metrics?
                                                         Under this alternative, however,                     appropriate. We also request qualitative
                                                      investors of the affected registrants                                                                          IV. Paperwork Reduction Act
                                                                                                              feedback on the nature of the benefits
                                                      would lose the benefits of Section                      and costs we have identified and any                   A. Background
                                                      404(b). Existing surveys of corporate                   other benefits and costs that we should                   The proposed amendments contain
                                                      leaders as well as academic studies                     consider.                                              ‘‘collection of information’’
                                                      suggest that Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section                    To assist in our consideration of these
                                                                                                                                                                     requirements within the meaning of the
                                                      404(b) has led to improvements in the                   costs and benefits, we specifically
                                                                                                                                                                     Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995
                                                      quality of registrants’ information                     request comment on the following:
                                                      environment and financial reporting,                       19. Are there quantifiable aspects of               (PRA).106 We are submitting a request
                                                      registrants’ ability to prevent and detect              savings related to scaled disclosures                  for approval of the proposed
                                                      fraud, and investor confidence in U.S.                  other than those captured by audit fees?               amendments to the Office of
                                                      registrants.103 Moreover, an academic                   Please provide detailed descriptions of                Management and Budget (OMB) for
                                                      study found that non-accelerated filers                 these aspects of savings and quantitative              review in accordance with the PRA and
                                                      not subject to the Section 404(b) auditor               data or support, if applicable.                        its implementing regulations.107 The
                                                      attestation requirements suffered from a                   20. Some registrants eligible for scaled            titles of the collections of information
                                                      deterioration in the quality of their                   disclosure choose not to avail                         are: 108
                                                      financial reporting vis-à-vis accelerated              themselves of the scaling permitted by                    (1) ‘‘Regulation S–K’’ (OMB Control
                                                      filers.104 Another recent working paper                 our rules. Why do such registrants                     No. 3235–0071);
                                                      suggests that registrants that voluntarily              choose not to claim the smaller                           (2) ‘‘Regulation C’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      comply with the Section 404(b) auditor                  reporting company status and not to use                3235–0074);
                                                      attestation have lower cost of capital.105              the scaled disclosure accommodations?                     (3) ‘‘Regulation 12B’’ (OMB Control
                                                                                                              Are there quantifiable benefits to such                No. 3235–0062);
                                                      D. Request for Comment                                                                                            (4) ‘‘Form 10–K’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                                                                              potentially eligible registrants of opting
                                                         We request comment on all aspects of                 out of scaled disclosure?                              3235–0063);
                                                      this economic analysis, including the                      21. Are there filers that are not                      (5) ‘‘Form 10–Q’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      costs and benefits of the proposals and                 required to file with the Commission                   3235–0070);
                                                      alternatives thereto, as well as their                  that choose to voluntarily provide non-                   (6) ‘‘Schedule 14A’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      potential effects on efficiency,                        scaled disclosure even though the filer                3235–0059);
                                                      competition, and capital formation.                     would qualify under the smaller                           (7) ‘‘Schedule 14C’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      With respect to comments, we note that                  reporting company thresholds? Why do                   3235–0057);
                                                      they are of greatest assistance to our                  such filers choose to opt out of scaled                   (8) ‘‘Form 10’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                                                                              disclosure? Are there quantifiable                     3235–0064);
                                                         103 See John Coates and Suraj Srinivasan, SOX                                                                  (9) ‘‘Form S–1’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                                                                              benefits to such filers of opting out of
                                                      after Ten Years: A Multidisciplinary Review,                                                                   3235–0065);
                                                      Accounting Horizons, forthcoming (2014). See also,      scaled disclosure?
                                                                                                                 22. Are there indirect costs or cost                   (10) ‘‘Form S–3’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      United States Government Accountability Office,
                                                      Report to Congressional Committees, Internal            savings related to scaled disclosures for              3235–0073);
                                                      Controls (July 2013) available at http://               smaller reporting companies that we                       (11) ‘‘Form S–4’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      www.gao.gov/assets/660/655710.pdf (noting that
                                                                                                              have not considered and could be                       3235–0324); and
                                                      compliance with Section 404(b) has a positive                                                                     (12) ‘‘Form S–11’’ (OMB Control No.
                                                      impact on investor confidence in the quality of         quantified?
                                                      financial reports and recommending that the                23. To arrive at an estimate for the                3235–0067).
                                                      Commission consider requiring companies to              total cost savings associated with scaled                 We adopted the existing rules,
                                                      explicitly state whether they have obtained an
                                                                                                              disclosures, we assume that the total                  regulations, and forms pursuant to the
                                                      auditor attestation of their internal controls, which                                                          Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
                                                      may increase transparency and investor protection).     cost savings (including employee and
                                                         104 See Anthony D. Holder, Khnondkar E. Karim,       managerial time and resources) are four                These rules, regulations, and forms set
                                                      and Ashok Robin, Was Dodd-Frank Justified in            times the cost savings on audit fees. Is               forth the disclosure requirements for
                                                      Exempting Small Firms from Section 404b                 there a different assumption we should                 annual and quarterly reports, proxy and
                                                      Compliance?, Accounting Horizons, Vol. 27, No. 1                                                               information statements, and registration
                                                      (2013). Similarly, a 2012 study found that smaller      use and why? Please provide data to
                                                      accelerated filers subject to the Section 404(b)        support the suggestion if available.                   statements that are prepared by
                                                      auditor attestation requirements benefit from higher       24. Are there ways to further assess                registrants to provide investors
                                                      revenue quality as compared to non-accelerated          the degree of adverse selection                        information to make informed
                                                      filers, which are not subject to the requirements.                                                             investment and voting decisions. Our
                                                      See Gopal V. Krishnan and Wei Yu, Do Small Firms        associated with the proposed
                                                      Benefit from Auditor Attestation of Internal Control    amendments? Are there other proxies                    proposed amendments are intended to
                                                      Effectiveness, Auditing: A Journal of Practice &        for information environment, liquidity                 make scaled disclosure accommodations
                                                      Theory, Vol. 34, No. 1 (Nov. 2012).
                                                                                                              and growth that would better capture                   available to a larger number of
                                                         105 See Cory A. Cassell, Linda A. Myers, and Jian
                                                                                                              the potential economic impact of scaled                registrants. The proposed amendments
                                                      Zhou, The Effect of Voluntary Internal Control
                                                                                                              disclosure? Are there data or empirical
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      Audits on the Cost of Capital (June 1, 2013),                                                                    106 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
                                                      available at SSRN: http://ssrn.com/                     studies about incidence of fraud in                      107 44
                                                      abstract=1734300, finding that voluntary                                                                                U.S.C. 3507(d); 5 CFR 1320.11.
                                                                                                              relation to registrants’ size?                           108 The paperwork burden from Regulation S–K,
                                                      compliance with Section 404(b) is associated with
                                                      significant reductions in both the cost of equity and
                                                                                                                 25. Are there other ways to quantify                Regulation C and Regulation 12B is imposed
                                                      the cost of debt in the first year of voluntary         the effect of scaled disclosures on                    through the forms that are subject to the
                                                      compliance. However, we note that the registrants       smaller reporting companies’ capital                   requirements in those regulations and is reflected
                                                      that voluntarily comply with Section 404(b) may be      formation?                                             in the analysis of those forms. To avoid a PRA
                                                      fundamentally different from other non-accelerated                                                             inventory reflecting duplicative burdens and for
                                                      filers. Thus, the economic effects of voluntary
                                                                                                                 26. Are there any metrics alternative               administrative convenience, we assign a one-hour
                                                      compliance with Section 404(b) may not necessarily      to public float and annual revenue to be               burden to each of Regulation S–K, Regulation C and
                                                      apply to other firms.                                   considered in the definition of smaller                Regulation 12B.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43148                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      should decrease the disclosure                          on a number of factors, including the                   annual reports and could experience
                                                      requirements for some registrants. The                  size and complexity of their business.                  burden and cost savings if these
                                                      proposed amendments do not affect any                   We believe that some registrants would                  proposed amendments are adopted.113
                                                      disclosure requirements for any                         experience costs in excess of this                      We estimate that if these registrants use
                                                      registrant with a calculable public float               average and some registrants would                      all of the scaled disclosure
                                                      of $250 million or more.                                experience less than the average costs.                 requirements,114 they would save
                                                        The hours and costs associated with                   In addition, for quarterly and annual                   177,584 burden hours and an aggregate
                                                      preparing disclosure, filing information                reports and for proxy and information                   cost of $23,678,960.115
                                                      required by forms, and retaining records                statements, we estimate that 75% of the                   While we are unsure of the extent to
                                                      constitute reporting and cost burdens                   burden of preparation is carried by the                 which these newly eligible smaller
                                                      imposed by collection of information                    registrant internally and that 25% of the               reporting companies would realize the
                                                      requirements. An agency may not                         burden is carried by outside                            full savings from the scaled disclosure
                                                      conduct or sponsor, and a person is not                 professionals retained by the registrant                requirements, for purposes of this
                                                      required to respond to, a collection of                 at an average cost of $400 per hour.110                 analysis, we estimate that eligible
                                                      information requirement unless it                       For registration statements, we estimate                registrants would realize approximately
                                                      displays a currently valid control                      that 25% of the burden of preparation                   80% of these savings.116 As a result, we
                                                      number. Compliance with the                             is carried by the registrant internally
                                                      information collections listed above is                 and that 75% of the burden is carried by
                                                                                                                                                                         113 We estimate that 782 additional registrants

                                                      mandatory to the extent applicable to                                                                           would be eligible under the proposed amendments
                                                                                                              outside professionals retained by the                   to use the scaled disclosure requirements available
                                                      each registrant.109 Responses to the                    registrant at an average cost of $400 per               to smaller reporting companies for their annual and
                                                      information collections are not kept                    hour.                                                   quarterly reports in the first year. We base this
                                                      confidential and there is no mandatory                     For purposes of the PRA, we estimate                 estimate on the number of additional registrants
                                                      retention period for the information                                                                            that would have been eligible to use scaled
                                                                                                              that over a three-year period,111 the                   disclosure for their annual and quarterly reports in
                                                      disclosed.                                              annual aggregate decreased burden 112                   2015, based on data collected by DERA from annual
                                                      B. Summary of Information Collections                   resulting from the proposed                             reports on Form 10–K filed in 2015. This data
                                                                                                              amendments would average:                               shows that 751 registrants had a public float greater
                                                         The proposed amendments, which                          • 142,068 hours and $18,943,168 of
                                                                                                                                                                      than $75 million but less than $250 million, and 31
                                                      would amend the definition of smaller                                                                           registrants with a public float of zero had annual
                                                                                                              external costs for Form 10–K;                           revenues greater than $50 million but less than
                                                      reporting company to capture a greater                     • 71,938 hours and $9,594,202 of                     $100 million.
                                                      number of registrants, may decrease                     external costs for Form 10–Q;                              114 A smaller reporting company generally may

                                                      existing collection of information total                   • 432 hours and $57,600 of external                  choose to comply with some, all, or none of the
                                                      burden estimates, or not affect them at                                                                         scaled disclosure requirements available for smaller
                                                                                                              costs for Schedule 14A;                                 reporting companies under our rules.
                                                      all, for some reports on Form 10–K and                     • 7 hours and $880 of external costs                    115 Consistent with our analysis in the Smaller
                                                      Form 10–Q, some proxy statements on                     for Schedule 14C;                                       Reporting Company Adopting Release, we estimate
                                                      Schedule 14A, some information                             • 9 hours and $11,100 of external                    the compliance burden for a Form 10–K for a
                                                      statements on Schedule 14C, and some                    costs for Form 10;                                      smaller reporting company using all scaled
                                                                                                                                                                      disclosure available to be the same as the last
                                                      registration statements on Form 10,                        • 3,477 hours and $4,172,314 of                      available PRA inventory for completing a Form 10–
                                                      Form S–1, Form S–3, Form S–4, and                       external costs for Form S–1;                            KSB, which was 1,272 burden hours and a cost of
                                                      Form S–11, filed by registrants that meet                  • 37 hours and $43,920 of external                   $169,600 (424 professional hours × $400/hour) per
                                                      the definition of smaller reporting                     costs for Form S–3;                                     report.
                                                      company as we propose to revise it.                        • 2,140 hours and $2,567,578 of                         Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease
                                                                                                                                                                      the compliance burden of Form 10–K by up to
                                                         The proposed amendments would not                    external costs for Form S–4; and                        177,584.38 hours (1,499.09 internal hours per filing
                                                      change the amount of information                           • 251 hours and $300,888 of external                 using standard Regulation S–K disclosure minus
                                                      required to be included in Exchange Act                 costs for Form S–11.                                    1,272 internal hours per filing using scaled
                                                      reports by any registrant because of its                   These estimates were based on the                    disclosure = 227.09 internal hours saved per filing
                                                                                                                                                                      × 782 filings) and decrease the cost by up to
                                                      status as an accelerated filer or a large               following assumptions:                                  $23,678,960 (499.70 professional hours per filing
                                                      accelerated filer.                                                                                              using standard Regulation S–K disclosure minus
                                                                                                              1. Form 10–K                                            424 professional hours per filing using scaled
                                                      C. Burden and Cost Estimates                                                                                    disclosure = 75.70 external hours saved per filing
                                                                                                                 We estimate that approximately 782
                                                        For purposes of the PRA, we believe                                                                           × $400 per hour = $30,280 external cost savings per
                                                                                                              registrants would become newly eligible                 filing × 782 filings).
                                                      that if the proposed amendments were                    to use scaled disclosure for smaller                       116 This estimated realization rate reflects the
                                                      adopted the total decrease in burden                    reporting companies or have a new                       percentage of registrants eligible to claim smaller
                                                      hours for Form 10–K, Form 10–Q,                         opportunity to assess whether to avail                  reporting company status in 2015 that claimed such
                                                      Schedule 14A, Schedule 14C, Form 10,                    themselves of scaled disclosure for their               status. Based on data collected by DERA, 2,900, or
                                                      Form S–1, Form S–3, Form S–4, and                                                                               approximately 91.1%, of the estimated 3,183
                                                                                                                                                                      eligible registrants claimed smaller reporting
                                                      Form S–11 would be approximately                          110 We recognize that the costs of retaining
                                                                                                                                                                      company status. Specifically, 2,241, or
                                                      220,357 burden hours and the total                      outside professionals may vary depending on the         approximately 93.1%, of the estimated 2,408
                                                      decrease in external costs would be                     nature of the professional services, but for purposes   registrants that would qualify under the public float
                                                      approximately $35,691,649.                              of this PRA analysis, we estimate that such costs       threshold and 659, or approximately 85.0%, of the
                                                                                                              would be an average of $400 per hour. This is the       estimated 775 registrants that would qualify under
                                                        Our burden hour and cost estimates                    rate we typically estimate for outside legal services
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                                                                      the annual revenue threshold, claimed smaller
                                                      presented below represent the average                   used in connection with public company reporting.       reporting company status.
                                                      burdens for all registrants, both large                   111 We calculated an annual average over a three-
                                                                                                                                                                         In addition, this estimated realization rate is
                                                      and small. In deriving our estimates, we                year period because OMB approval of PRA                 further reduced to reflect that a portion of newly
                                                                                                              submissions covers a three-year period.                 eligible smaller reporting companies may already
                                                      recognize that the burdens likely would                   112 Our decreased burden estimates take into          qualify as EGCs, which are eligible to rely on
                                                      vary among individual registrants based                 account, and are net of, any increased burden that      certain scaled disclosure requirements for a limited
                                                                                                              may result from smaller reporting companies             period, including some of the scaled requirements
                                                        109 As noted above, registrants claiming smaller      providing expanded disclosures under disclosure         available to smaller reporting companies. Based on
                                                      reporting company status have the option to             requirements that are more stringent for smaller        data collected by DERA, 153, or approximately
                                                      selectively comply with the scaled disclosures          reporting companies than for non-smaller reporting      19.6%, of the 782 newly eligible registrants were
                                                      available to them on an item-by-item basis.             companies, such as Item 404 of Regulation S–K.          EGCs and therefore eligible to rely on some scaled



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00034   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                                                  Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                     43149

                                                      estimate that the aggregate decrease in                 estimate that if these registrants use all               aggregate decrease in burden for
                                                      burden for Form 10–K would be 142,068                   of the scaled smaller reporting company                  Schedule 14C would be seven internal
                                                      internal burden hours and costs of                      requirements, they would save 540                        burden hours and costs of $880.125
                                                      $18,943,168.117                                         burden hours and an aggregate cost of
                                                                                                                                                                       5. Form 10
                                                                                                              $72,000.121
                                                      2. Form 10–Q                                                                                                        We estimate that registrants newly
                                                                                                                Assuming that newly eligible
                                                         We assume that the same                              registrants realize approximately 80% of                 eligible to use scaled disclosure would
                                                      approximately 782 registrants would                     these savings, we estimate that the                      file one registration statement on Form
                                                      become newly eligible to use scaled                     aggregate decrease in burden for                         10.126 We estimate that if this registrant
                                                      disclosure for purposes of their                        Schedule 14A would be 432 internal                       uses all of the scaled smaller reporting
                                                      quarterly reports. We estimate that if                  burden hours and costs of $57,600.122                    company requirements, it would save
                                                      these registrants use all of the scaled                                                                          nine burden hours and an aggregate cost
                                                      smaller reporting company                               4. Schedule 14C                                          of $11,100.127 Due to the low number of
                                                      requirements, they would save 89,922                       We estimate that registrants newly                    Form 10 filers, the reduced number of
                                                      burden hours and an aggregate cost of                   eligible to use scaled disclosure would                  scaled disclosure accommodations
                                                      $11,992,752.118                                         file approximately 11 definitive                         available to EGCs for purposes of Form
                                                         Assuming that newly eligible                         information statements on Schedule                       10, and rounding considerations, we
                                                      registrants realize approximately 80% of                14C.123 We estimate that if these                        assume that any newly eligible
                                                      these savings, we estimate that the                     registrants use all of the scaled smaller                registrant would realize the full extent
                                                      aggregate decrease in burden for Form                   reporting company requirements, they                     of these savings.
                                                      10–Q would be 71,938 internal burden                    would save eight burden hours and an                     6. Form S–1
                                                      hours and costs of $9,594,202.119                       aggregate cost of $1,100.124
                                                                                                                                                                          We estimate that registrants newly
                                                      3. Schedule 14A                                            Assuming that newly eligible
                                                                                                                                                                       eligible to use scaled disclosure would
                                                                                                              registrants realize approximately 80% of
                                                         We estimate that registrants newly                                                                            file approximately 52 registration
                                                                                                              these savings, we estimate that the
                                                      eligible to use scaled disclosure would                                                                          statements on Form S–1.128 We estimate
                                                      file approximately 720 definitive proxy                 registrants with a public float of zero and annual       that if these registrants use all of the
                                                      statements on Schedule 14A.120 We                       revenues greater than $50 million but less than          scaled smaller reporting company
                                                                                                              $100 million filed 23 definitive proxy statements on
                                                      disclosure accommodations and already benefitting       Schedule 14A.                                               125 This estimated decrease in the compliance
                                                      from a portion of these estimated savings.                 121 We base our estimate of the reduced
                                                                                                                                                                       burden for Schedule 14C is based on 80% × 8.25
                                                         117 This estimated decrease in the compliance        compliance burden for Schedule 14A for a smaller         internal hours saved = 6.6 internal hours saved and
                                                      burden for Form 10–K is based on 80% ×                  reporting company using all scaled disclosure            80% × $1,100.00 external cost savings = $880.00
                                                      177,584.38 internal hours saved = 142,067.50            available on our estimate of the compliance burden       external cost savings.
                                                      internal hours saved and 80% × $23,678,960              for Item 407(d)(5), (e)(4) and (e)(5) of Regulation S–      126 We base our estimated number of each type of
                                                      external cost savings = $18,943,168 external cost       K, with which smaller reporting companies are not        registration statement filed on the average number
                                                      savings.                                                required to comply. We estimate this burden to be        of that type of registration statement filed in each
                                                         118 Similar to our approach to estimating the        0.75 burden hours and a cost of $100 (0.25               of the calendar years 2013 through 2015 by
                                                      reduced compliance burden for a Form 10–K using         professional hours × $400/hour) per report.              registrants that would have been newly eligible to
                                                      scaled disclosure, we base our estimates of the            Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease       use scaled disclosure under the proposed
                                                      reduced compliance burden for smaller reporting         the compliance burden of Schedule 14A by up to           amendments. Based on data collected by DERA,
                                                      companies using all scaled disclosure available for     540 hours (0.75 internal hours saved per filing ×        during 2013 through 2015, registrants with a public
                                                      certain other filings on the last available PRA         720 filings) and decrease the cost by up to $72,000      float greater than $75 million but less than $250
                                                      inventory for completing the most comparable form       (0.25 professional hours saved per filing × $400 per     million filed one registration statement on Form 10
                                                      under Regulation SB. We estimate the compliance         hour = $100 external cost savings per filing × 720       during the period 2013 through 2015, and
                                                      burden for a Form 10–Q for a smaller reporting          filings).                                                registrants with a public float of zero and revenues
                                                      company using all scaled disclosure available to be        122 This estimated decrease in the compliance         greater than $50 million but less than $100 million
                                                      the same as the last available PRA inventory for        burden for Schedule 14A is based on 80% × 540            filed an average of one registration statement on
                                                      completing a Form 10–QSB, which was 102.24              internal hours saved = 432 internal hours saved and      Form 10 each year.
                                                      burden hours and a cost of $13,362 (34.08               80% × $72,000.00 external cost savings =                    127 We estimate the compliance burden for a Form
                                                      professional hours × $400/hour) per report.             $57,600.00 external cost savings.                        10 for a smaller reporting company using all scaled
                                                         Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease         123 We base this estimate on the number of            disclosure available to be the same as the last
                                                      the compliance burden of Form 10–Q by up to             definitive information statements on Schedule 14C        available PRA inventory for completing a Form 10–
                                                      89,922.18 hours (140.57 internal hours per filing       filed in 2015 by registrants that would have been        SB, which was 44.50 burden hours and a cost of
                                                      using standard Regulation S–K disclosure minus          newly eligible to use scaled disclosure under the        $53,400 (133.50 professional hours × $400/hour)
                                                      102.24 internal hours per filing using scaled           proposed amendments. Based on data collected by          per report.
                                                      disclosure = 38.33 internal hours saved per filing      DERA, registrants with a public float greater than          Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease
                                                      × 782 registrants × 3 filings per year) and decrease    $75 million but less than $250 million filed 11          the compliance burden of Form 10 by up to 9.25
                                                      the cost by up to $11,992,752 (46.86 professional       definitive information statements on Schedule 14C,       hours (53.75 internal hours per filing using
                                                      hours per filing using standard Regulation S–K          and registrants with a public float of zero and          standard Regulation S–K disclosure minus 44.50
                                                      disclosure minus 34.08 professional hours per filing    annual revenues greater than $50 million but less        internal hours per filing using scaled disclosure =
                                                      using scaled disclosure = 12.78 external hours          than $100 million filed no definitive information        9.25 internal hours saved per filing × 1 filing) and
                                                      saved per filing × $400 per hour = $5,112 external      statements on Schedule 14C.                              decrease the cost by up to $11,100 (161.25
                                                      cost savings per filing × 782 registrants × 3 filings      124 Similar to Schedule 14A, we base our estimate     professional hours per filing using standard
                                                      per year).                                              of the decrease in the compliance burden for             Regulation S–K disclosure minus 133.50
                                                         119 This estimated decrease in the compliance        Schedule 14C for a smaller reporting company             professional hours per filing using scaled disclosure
                                                      burden for Form 10–Q is based on 80% × 89,922.18                                                                 = 27.75 external hours saved per filing × $400 per
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                              using all scaled disclosure available on our estimate
                                                      internal hours saved = 71,937.74 internal hours         of the compliance burden for Item 407(d)(5), (e)(4)      hour = $11,100 external cost savings per filing × 1
                                                      saved and 80% × $11,992,752.00 external cost            and (e)(5) of Regulation S–K, which is 0.75 burden       filing).
                                                      savings = $9,594,201.60 external cost savings.          hours and a cost of $100 (0.25 professional hours           128 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013
                                                         120 We base this estimate on the number of           × $400/hour) per report.                                 through 2015, registrants with a public float greater
                                                      definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A filed          Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease       than $75 million but less than $250 million filed
                                                      in 2015 by registrants that would have been newly       the compliance burden of Schedule 14C by up to           an average of approximately 26 registration
                                                      eligible to use scaled disclosure under the proposed    8.25 hours (0.75 internal hours saved per filing ×       statements on Form S–1 each year, and registrants
                                                      amendments. Based on data collected by DERA,            11 filings) and decrease the cost by up to $1,100        with a public float of zero and revenues greater than
                                                      registrants with a public float greater than $75        (0.25 professional hours saved per filing × $400 per     $50 million but less than $100 million filed an
                                                      million but less than $250 million filed 697            hour = $100 external cost savings per filing × 11        average of approximately 26 registration statements
                                                      definitive proxy statements on Schedule 14A, and        filings).                                                on Form S–1 each year.



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00035   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM    01JYP1


                                                      43150                       Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      requirements, they would save 4,346                      S–3 would be 37 internal burden hours                   Form S–11 filers and rounding
                                                      burden hours and an aggregate cost of                    and costs of $43,920.133                                considerations, we assume that the
                                                      $5,215,392.129                                                                                                   newly eligible registrants would realize
                                                                                                               8. Form S–4
                                                        Assuming that newly eligible                                                                                   the full extent of these savings.
                                                                                                                  We estimate that registrants newly
                                                      registrants realize approximately 80% of                 eligible to use scaled disclosure would                 D. Request for Comment
                                                      these savings, we estimate that the                      file approximately 32 registration                        We request comment to:
                                                      aggregate decrease in burden for Form                    statements on Form S–4.134 We estimate                    • Evaluate whether the collections of
                                                      S–1 would be 3,477 internal burden                       that if these registrants use all of the                information are necessary for the proper
                                                      hours and costs of $4,172,314.130                        scaled smaller reporting company                        performance of our functions, including
                                                      7. Form S–3                                              requirements, they would save 2,675                     whether the information will have
                                                                                                               burden hours and an aggregate cost of                   practical utility;
                                                         We estimate that registrants newly                    $3,209,472.135                                            • evaluate the accuracy of our
                                                      eligible to use scaled disclosure would                     Assuming that newly eligible                         estimate of the burden of collections of
                                                      file approximately 183 registration                      registrants realize approximately 80% of                information;
                                                      statements on Form S–3.131 We estimate                   these savings, we estimate that the                       • determine whether there are ways
                                                      that if these registrants use all of the                 aggregate decrease in burden for Form                   to enhance the quality, utility, and
                                                      scaled smaller reporting company                         S–4 would be 2,140 internal burden                      clarity of the information to be
                                                      requirements, they would save 46                         hours and costs of $2,567,578.136                       collected;
                                                                                                                                                                         • evaluate whether there are ways to
                                                      burden hours and an aggregate cost of                    9. Form S–11                                            minimize the burden of the collections
                                                      $54,900.132
                                                                                                                  We estimate that registrants newly                   of information on those who respond,
                                                         Assuming that newly eligible                          eligible to use scaled disclosure would                 including through the use of automated
                                                      registrants realize approximately 80% of                 file approximately three registration                   collection techniques or other forms of
                                                      these savings, we estimate that the                      statements on Form S–11.137 We                          information technology; and
                                                      aggregate decrease in burden for Form                    estimate that if these registrants use all                • evaluate whether the proposed
                                                                                                               of the scaled smaller reporting company                 amendments would have any effects on
                                                         129 We estimate the compliance burden for a Form      requirements, they would save 251                       any other collections of information not
                                                      S–1 for a smaller reporting company using all            burden hours and an aggregate cost of                   previously identified in this section.139
                                                      scaled disclosure available to be the same as the last
                                                      available PRA inventory for completing a Form SB–
                                                                                                               $300,888.138 Due to the low number of                     Any member of the public may direct
                                                      2, which was 159.50 burden hours and a cost of                                                                   to us any comments about the accuracy
                                                      $191,400 (478.50 professional hours × $400/hour)            133 This estimated decrease in the compliance
                                                                                                                                                                       of these burden estimates and any
                                                      per report.                                              burden for Form S–3 is based on 80% × 45.75             suggestions for reducing these burdens.
                                                         Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease       internal hours saved = 36.60 internal hours saved
                                                                                                               and 80% × $54,900.00 external cost savings =            Persons submitting comments on the
                                                      the compliance burden of Form S–1 by up to
                                                      4,346.16 hours (243.08 internal hours per filing         $43,920.00 external cost savings.                       collection of information requirements
                                                      using standard Regulation S–K disclosure minus              134 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013     should direct the comments to the
                                                      159.50 internal hours per filing using scaled            through 2015, registrants with a public float greater   Office of Management and Budget,
                                                      disclosure = 83.58 internal hours saved per filing       than $75 million but less than $250 million filed
                                                                                                                                                                       Attention: Desk Officer for the
                                                      × 52 filings) and decrease the cost by up to             an average of approximately 29 registration
                                                      $5,215,392 (729.24 professional hours per filing         statements on Form S–4 each year, and registrants       Securities and Exchange Commission,
                                                      using standard Regulation S–K disclosure minus           with a public float of zero and revenues greater than   Office of Information and Regulatory
                                                      478.50 professional hours per filing using scaled        $50 million but less than $100 million filed an         Affairs, Washington, DC 20503, and
                                                      disclosure = 250.74 external hours saved per filing      average of approximately three registration
                                                                                                                                                                       should send a copy to Brent J. Fields,
                                                      × $400 per hour = $100,296 external cost savings         statements on Form S–4.
                                                      per filing × 52 filings).                                   135 We estimate the reduction in the compliance      Secretary, Securities and Exchange
                                                         130 This estimated decrease in the compliance         burden for Form S–4 for a smaller reporting             Commission, 100 F Street NE.,
                                                      burden for Form S–1 is based on 80% × 4,346.16           company using all scaled disclosure available to be     Washington, DC 20549–1090, with
                                                      internal hours saved = 3,476.93 internal hours           the same as the reduction in the compliance burden      reference to File No. S7–XX–XX.
                                                      saved and 80% × $5,215,392.00 external cost              for a Form S–1 for a smaller reporting company
                                                      savings = $4,172,313.60 external cost savings.           using all scaled disclosure available as compared to    Requests for materials submitted to
                                                         131 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013      standard Regulation S–K disclosure, which was           OMB by the Commission with regard to
                                                      through 2015, registrants with a public float greater    83.58 burden hours and a cost of $100,296 (250.74       these collections of information should
                                                      than $75 million but less than $250 million filed        professional hours × $400/hour) per report.             be in writing, refer to File No. S7–XX–
                                                      an average of approximately 181 registration                Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease
                                                                                                               the compliance burden of Form S–4 by up to
                                                                                                                                                                       XX, and be submitted to the Securities
                                                      statements on Form S–3 each year, and registrants
                                                      with a public float of zero and revenues greater than    2,674.56 hours (83.58 internal hours saved per          and Exchange Commission, Office of
                                                      $50 million but less than $100 million filed an          filing × 32 filings) and decrease the annual cost by    FOIA Services, 100 F Street NE.,
                                                      average of approximately two registration                up to $3,209,472 ($100,296 external cost savings per    Washington, DC 20549–2736. OMB is
                                                      statements on Form S–3.                                  filing × 32 filings).
                                                                                                                  136 This estimated decrease in the compliance
                                                                                                                                                                       required to make a decision concerning
                                                         132 We base our estimate of the reduced

                                                      compliance burden for Form S–3 for a smaller             burden for Form S–4 is based on 80% × 2,674.56          the collection of information between 30
                                                      reporting company using all scaled disclosure            internal hours saved = 2,139.65 internal hours
                                                      available on our estimate of the average compliance      saved and 80% × $3,209,472.00 external cost             the same as reduction in the compliance burden for
                                                      burden for Items 503(d) and 504 of Regulation S–         savings = $2,567,577.60 external cost savings.          Form S–1 for a smaller reporting company using all
                                                                                                                                                                       scaled disclosure available as compared to standard
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      K, which requirements are scaled for smaller                137 Based on data collected by DERA, during 2013

                                                      reporting companies. We estimate the decrease in         through 2015, registrants with a public float greater   Regulation S–K disclosure, which was 83.58 burden
                                                      compliance burden for a registration statement on        than $75 million but less than $250 million filed       hours and a cost of $100,296 (250.74 professional
                                                      Form S–3 for a smaller reporting company using all       an average of approximately two registration            hours × $400/hour) per report.
                                                      scaled disclosure available to be 0.25 burden hours      statements on Form S–11 each year, and registrants         Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease
                                                      and a cost of $300 (0.75 professional hours × $400/      with a public float of zero and revenues greater than   the compliance burden of Form S–11 by up to
                                                      hour) per filing.                                        $50 million but less than $100 million filed an         250.74 hours (83.58 internal hours saved per filing
                                                         Accordingly, we estimate that it would decrease       average of approximately one registration statement     × 3 filings) and decrease the annual cost by up to
                                                      the compliance burden of Form S–3 by up to 45.75         on Form S–11.                                           $300,888.00 ($100,296 external cost savings per
                                                      hours (0.25 internal hours saved per filing × 183           138 We estimate the reduction in the compliance      filing × 3 filings).
                                                      filings) and decrease the cost by up to $54,900          burden for Form S–11 for a smaller reporting               139 Comments are requested pursuant to 44 U.S.C.

                                                      ($300 external cost savings per filing × 183 filings).   company using all scaled disclosure available to be     3506(c)(2)(B).



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00036   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM    01JYP1


                                                                                   Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                          43151

                                                      and 60 days after publication of this                    because it would reduce the burden on                  would increase the number of
                                                      release. Consequently, a comment to                      smaller registrants by increasing the                  registrants eligible to provide scaled
                                                      OMB is best assured of having its full                   number of registrants eligible to provide              disclosures in response to Regulation S–
                                                      effect if OMB receives it within 30 days                 scaled disclosures.                                    K and Regulation S–X disclosure
                                                      of publication.                                          B. Legal Basis                                         requirements. The proposed
                                                      V. Initial Regulatory Flexibility                                                                               amendments do not revise the scaled
                                                                                                                 We are proposing the amendments
                                                      Analysis                                                                                                        disclosure requirements themselves.
                                                                                                               pursuant to Sections 7, 10 and 19 of the
                                                         The Regulatory Flexibility Act                        Securities Act, Sections 3(b), 12, 13,                    If the proposed amendments were
                                                      (RFA) 140 requires us, in promulgating                   15(d) and 23(a) of the Exchange Act and                adopted, registrants with public floats in
                                                      rules under Section 553 of the                           Section 72002 of the FAST Act.                         excess of $75 million and less than $250
                                                      Administrative Procedure Act,141 to                                                                             million would become eligible to
                                                                                                               C. Small Entities Subject to the
                                                      consider the impact of those rules on                                                                           provide scaled disclosures. Registrants
                                                                                                               Proposed Amendments
                                                      small entities. We have prepared this                                                                           with zero public float and revenues in
                                                      Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis                     For purposes of the RFA, under                      excess of $50 million and less than $100
                                                      (IRFA) in accordance with Section 603                    Securities Act Rule 157 143 an issuer,                 million in the most recent fiscal year
                                                      of the RFA.142 This IRFA relates to the                  other than an investment company, is a                 also would become eligible to provide
                                                      proposed amendments to the smaller                       ‘‘small business’’ or ‘‘small                          scaled disclosures. Registrants with less
                                                      reporting company definition as used in                  organization’’ if it had total assets of $5
                                                                                                                                                                      than $75 million of public float and
                                                      our rules.                                               million or less on the last day of its most
                                                                                                                                                                      registrants with zero public float and
                                                                                                               recent fiscal year and is engaged or
                                                      A. Reasons for, and Objectives of, the                   proposing to engage in an offering of                  less than $50 million in annual
                                                      Action                                                   securities not exceeding $5 million.                   revenues would not be impacted by the
                                                                                                               Under Exchange Act Rule 0–10(a),144 an                 proposed amendments because they
                                                         Small businesses, the ACSEC, the
                                                      Small Business Forum, Congress and                       issuer, other than an investment                       already are eligible to provide scaled
                                                      others have raised concerns about the                    company, is a ‘‘small business’’ or                    disclosures.
                                                      burden of our disclosure rules on                        ‘‘small organization’’ if it had total                    The proposed amendments would not
                                                      smaller registrants. The primary reason                  assets of $5 million or less on the last               increase the overall disclosure
                                                      for, and objective of, the proposed                      day of its most recent fiscal year. For                requirements for small entities and
                                                      amendments to the smaller reporting                      purposes of the RFA, under our rules an                could decrease substantially the
                                                      company definition is to reduce the                      investment company is a small entity if                disclosures required for registrants with
                                                      disclosure burdens on smaller                            it, together with other investment                     public floats between $75 million and
                                                      registrants by expanding the number of                   companies in the same group of related                 $250 million and registrants with zero
                                                      registrants that qualify as smaller                      investment companies, has net assets of
                                                                                                                                                                      public float and annual revenues
                                                      reporting companies. The primary                         $50 million or less as of the end of its
                                                                                                                                                                      between $50 million and $100 million.
                                                      reason for, and objective of, the                        most recent fiscal year.145
                                                      proposed amendments to the                                  The proposed amendments would                          Item 404 is the only disclosure item
                                                      accelerated filer and large accelerated                  increase the financial thresholds in the               in Regulation S–K that may require
                                                      filer definitions is to maintain the status              smaller reporting company definition.                  more extensive information for smaller
                                                      quo regarding the category of registrants                We estimate that there are currently 837               reporting companies than for non-
                                                      that are subject to accelerated and large                entities that qualify as ‘‘small’’ under               smaller reporting companies. Item
                                                      accelerated filer disclosure and filing                  the definitions set forth above.146 We                 404(d)(1) requires disclosure of
                                                      requirements.                                            believe it is likely that virtually all small          transactions with related persons that
                                                         The ACSEC and the Small Business                      businesses or small organizations, as                  exceed the lesser of $120,000 or 1% of
                                                      Forum have recommended that we                           defined in our rules described above,                  the average of the smaller reporting
                                                      revise the smaller reporting company                     are already encompassed within the                     company’s total assets at year end for
                                                      definition to include registrants with a                 current smaller reporting company                      the last two completed fiscal years. This
                                                      public float of up to $250 million. The                  definition and would continue to be
                                                                                                                                                                      requirement may be more burdensome
                                                      proposed amendments are responsive to                    encompassed within the definition if
                                                                                                                                                                      to a smaller reporting company if 1% of
                                                      those recommendations.                                   the proposed amendments were
                                                                                                                                                                      its average total assets is less than
                                                         The FAST Act requires us to revise                    adopted. To the extent any small
                                                                                                               business or small organization, as                     $120,000, which is the disclosure
                                                      Regulation S–K to further scale or                                                                              threshold for non-smaller reporting
                                                      eliminate disclosure requirements to                     defined for RFA purposes, is not already
                                                                                                               encompassed within the current smaller                 companies. This disclosure requirement
                                                      reduce the burden on a variety of                                                                               would affect only smaller reporting
                                                      smaller registrants, including smaller                   reporting company definition, we
                                                                                                               believe it is likely that the proposed                 companies with related person
                                                      reporting companies, while still                                                                                transactions. Item 404 also requires
                                                      providing all material information to                    amendments would capture those
                                                                                                               entities.                                              disclosure, only by smaller reporting
                                                      investors. A number of existing
                                                                                                                                                                      companies, about parents and
                                                      Regulation S–K disclosure requirements                   D. Projected Reporting, Recordkeeping                  underwriting discounts and
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      provide smaller reporting companies                      and Other Compliance Requirements                      commissions where a related person is
                                                      with the opportunity to provide scaled
                                                                                                                 The proposed amendments to the                       a principal underwriter or a controlling
                                                      disclosures in their Commission filings.
                                                                                                               smaller reporting company definition                   person or member of a firm that was or
                                                      Raising the financial thresholds in the
                                                      smaller reporting company definition                                                                            is going to be a principal underwriter.
                                                                                                                 143 17  CFR 230.157.
                                                      would be responsive to the FAST Act                                                                             In addition, for filings other than
                                                                                                                 144 17  CFR 240.0–10(a).
                                                                                                                  145 17 CFR 270.0–10(a).
                                                                                                                                                                      registration statements, Item 404
                                                        140 5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.                                  146 Staff estimate based on review of Form 10–K
                                                                                                                                                                      requires smaller reporting companies to
                                                        141 5 U.S.C. 553.                                      filings with fiscal periods ending between January     provide information covering an
                                                        142 5 U.S.C. 603.                                      31, 2015 and January 31, 2016.                         additional year.


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014    17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00037   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43152                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      E. Overlapping or Conflicting Federal                   alternatives, such as using a different                    • The potential effect on the U.S.
                                                      Rules                                                   threshold or different standard for                      economy on an annual basis;
                                                        We do not believe any current federal                 determining smaller reporting company                      • any potential increase in costs or
                                                      rules duplicate, overlap or conflict with               status, are unlikely to have a significant               prices for consumers or individual
                                                      the proposed amendments.                                effect on smaller entities because, as                   industries; and
                                                                                                              noted above, we believe virtually all                      • any potential effect on competition,
                                                      F. Significant Alternatives                             small entities are already eligible for                  investment or innovation.
                                                         The RFA directs us to consider                       smaller reporting company status.                        We request those submitting comments
                                                      significant alternatives that would                     Similarly, with respect to the alternative               to provide empirical data and other
                                                      accomplish the stated objectives of our                 of not amending the accelerated and                      factual support for their views to the
                                                      proposed amendments, while                              large accelerated filer definitions, we                  extent possible.
                                                      minimizing any significant adverse                      believe there are very few small entities
                                                                                                              that would be considered accelerated                     VII. Statutory Basis and Text of
                                                      impact on small entities. Accordingly,                                                                           Proposed Rules
                                                      we considered the following                             filers under the current definitions, and,
                                                      alternatives:                                           therefore, this alternative would not                      The rule amendments described in
                                                         • Establishing different compliance or               significantly affect small entities.                     this release are being proposed pursuant
                                                      reporting requirements or timetables                    G. General Request for Comment                           to Sections 7, 10 and 19 of the Securities
                                                      that take into account the resources                                                                             Act (15 U.S.C. 77a et seq.), as amended,
                                                      available to small entities;                              We encourage comments with respect                     Sections 3(b), 12, 13, 15(d) and 23(a) of
                                                         • clarifying, consolidating or                       to any aspect of this IRFA. In particular,               the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78a et seq.),
                                                      simplifying compliance and reporting                    we request comments on:                                  as amended, and Section 72002 of the
                                                      requirements for small entities under                     • The number of small entities that                    FAST Act.
                                                      our rules as revised by the proposed                    may be affected by the proposed
                                                                                                              amendments;                                              List of Subjects in 17 CFR Parts 210,
                                                      amendments;
                                                                                                                • The existence or nature of the                       229, 230, 240
                                                         • using performance rather than
                                                                                                              potential impact of the proposals on                       Reporting and recordkeeping
                                                      design standards; and
                                                         • exempting small entities from                      small entities discussed in the analysis;                requirements, Securities.
                                                      coverage of all or part of the proposed                 and                                                        For the reasons set out in the
                                                                                                                • How to quantify the impact of the
                                                      amendments.                                                                                                      preamble, the Commission is proposing
                                                                                                              proposed amendments.
                                                         The proposed amendments generally                                                                             to amend Title 17, Chapter II of the
                                                                                                                Commenters should describe the
                                                      do not create any new compliance or                                                                              Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
                                                                                                              nature of any impact and provide
                                                      reporting requirements. Instead, they
                                                                                                              empirical data supporting the extent of                  PART 229—STANDARD
                                                      would expand the number of companies
                                                                                                              the impact. Any comments we receive                      INSTRUCTIONS FOR FILING FORMS
                                                      eligible for the different compliance and
                                                                                                              will be considered in the preparation of                 UNDER SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
                                                      reporting requirements available to
                                                                                                              the Final Regulatory Flexibility                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                                      smaller reporting companies.147 As a
                                                                                                              Analysis, if the proposed amendments                     AND ENERGY POLICY AND
                                                      result, we do not believe it is necessary
                                                                                                              are adopted, and will be placed in the                   CONSERVATION ACT OF 1975—
                                                      or appropriate to exempt small entities
                                                                                                              same public file as comments on the                      REGULATION S–K
                                                      in connection with this rulemaking. The
                                                                                                              proposed amendments themselves.
                                                      proposed amendments are intended to
                                                      increase the number of registrants                      VI. Small Business Regulatory                            ■ 1. The authority citation for part 229
                                                      eligible to provide scaled disclosures                  Enforcement Fairness Act                                 continues to read in part as follows:
                                                      under Regulation S–K and Regulation                        For purposes of the Small Business                      Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77e, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j,
                                                      S–X. We believe that some of the                                                                                 77k, 77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77aa(25), 77aa(26),
                                                                                                              Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of
                                                      registrants that would become eligible to                                                                        77ddd, 77eee, 77ggg, 77hhh, 77iii, 77jjj,
                                                                                                              1996 (SBREFA),148 the Commission                         77nnn, 77sss, 78c, 78i, 78j, 78j–3, 78l, 78m,
                                                      provide scaled disclosures if the                       must advise the OMB as to whether a                      78n, 78n–1, 78o, 78u–5, 78w, 78ll, 78mm,
                                                      proposed amendments are adopted may                     proposed regulation constitutes a                        80a–8, 80a–9, 80a–20, 80a–29, 80a–30, 80a–
                                                      be smaller entities. Therefore, we                      ‘‘major’’ rule. Under SBREFA, a rule is                  31(c), 80a–37, 80a–38(a), 80a–39, 80b–11,
                                                      believe that the proposed amendments                    considered ‘‘major’’ where, if adopted, it               and 7201 et seq., and 18 U.S.C. 1350 unless
                                                      may simplify compliance and reporting                   results or is likely to result in:                       otherwise noted.
                                                      requirements for small entities. With                      • An annual effect on the economy of                  *     *   *      *     *
                                                      respect to the use of performance rather                $100 million or more (either in the form                 ■ 2. Amend § 229.10 by revising
                                                      than design standards, because the                      of an increase or a decrease);                           paragraphs (f)(1) and (f)(2) to read as
                                                      proposed amendments are not expected                       • a major increase in costs or prices                 follows:
                                                      to have any significant adverse effect on               for consumers or individual industries;
                                                      small entities (and may, in fact, relieve               or                                                       § 229.10   (Item 10) General.
                                                      burdens for some such entities), we do                     • significant adverse effects on                      *      *     *    *     *
                                                      not believe it is necessary to use                      competition, investment or innovation.                      (f) * * *
                                                      performance standards in connection                     If a rule is ‘‘major,’’ its effectiveness will              (1) Definition of smaller reporting
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      with this rulemaking.                                   generally be delayed for 60 days                         company. As used in this part, the term
                                                         In Section III, above, we discuss                    pending Congressional review.                            smaller reporting company means an
                                                      additional alternatives that we have                       We request comment on whether our                     issuer that is not an investment
                                                      considered. We note that those                          proposed amendments would be a                           company, an asset-backed issuer (as
                                                                                                              ‘‘major rule’’ for purposes of SBREFA.                   defined in § 229.1101), or a majority-
                                                        147 As discussed in Section V.D, Item 404 is the
                                                                                                              We solicit comment and empirical data                    owned subsidiary of a parent that is not
                                                      only disclosure item in Regulation S–K that may
                                                      require more extensive information for smaller          on:                                                      a smaller reporting company and that:
                                                      reporting companies than for non-smaller reporting                                                                  (i) Had a public float of less than $250
                                                      companies.                                                148 5   U.S.C. 801 et seq.                             million as of the last business day of its


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00038     Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                             43153

                                                      most recently completed second fiscal                   registration statement and must                        common equity held by non-affiliates by
                                                      quarter, computed by multiplying the                    appropriately indicate on the cover page               the price at which the common equity
                                                      aggregate worldwide number of shares                    of the filing, and subsequent filings for              was last sold, or the average of the bid
                                                      of its voting and non-voting common                     the fiscal year in which the filing is                 and asked prices of common equity, in
                                                      equity held by non-affiliates by the price              made, whether or not it is a smaller                   the principal market for the common
                                                      at which the common equity was last                     reporting company. The issuer must                     equity; or
                                                      sold, or the average of the bid and asked               redetermine its status at the end of its                  (2) In the case of an initial registration
                                                      prices of common equity, in the                         second fiscal quarter and then reflect                 statement under the Securities Act or
                                                      principal market for the common equity;                 any change in status as provided in                    Exchange Act for shares of its common
                                                      or                                                      paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this Item. In the               equity, had a public float of less than
                                                         (ii) In the case of an initial registration          case of a determination based on an                    $250 million as of a date within 30 days
                                                      statement under the Securities Act or                   initial Securities Act registration                    of the date of the filing of the
                                                      Exchange Act for shares of its common                   statement, an issuer that was not                      registration statement, computed by
                                                      equity, had a public float of less than                 determined to be a smaller reporting                   multiplying the aggregate worldwide
                                                      $250 million as of a date within 30 days                company has the option to redetermine                  number of such shares held by non-
                                                      of the date of the filing of the                        its status at the conclusion of the                    affiliates before the registration plus, in
                                                      registration statement, computed by                     offering covered by the registration                   the case of a Securities Act registration
                                                      multiplying the aggregate worldwide                     statement based on the actual offering                 statement, the number of such shares
                                                      number of such shares held by non-                      price and number of shares sold.                       included in the registration statement by
                                                      affiliates before the registration plus, in                (iii) Once an issuer determines that it             the estimated public offering price of
                                                      the case of a Securities Act registration               does not qualify for smaller reporting                 the shares; or
                                                      statement, the number of such shares                    company status, it will remain                            (3) In the case of an issuer whose
                                                      included in the registration statement by               unqualified unless it determines that its              public float as calculated under
                                                      the estimated public offering price of                  public float, as calculated in accordance              paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition
                                                      the shares; or                                          with paragraph (f)(1)(i) of this Item, was             was zero, had annual revenues of less
                                                         (iii) In the case of an issuer whose                 less than $200 million as of the last                  than $100 million during the most
                                                      public float as calculated under                        business day of its second fiscal quarter              recently completed fiscal year for which
                                                      paragraph (i) or (ii) of this definition                or, if that calculation results in zero                audited financial statements are
                                                      was zero, had annual revenues of less                   because the issuer had no public equity                available.
                                                      than $100 million during the most                                                                                 (4) Determination. Whether or not an
                                                                                                              outstanding or no market price for its
                                                      recently completed fiscal year for which                                                                       issuer is a smaller reporting company is
                                                                                                              equity existed, if the issuer had annual
                                                      audited financial statements are                                                                               determined on an annual basis.
                                                                                                              revenues of less than $80 million during                  (i) For issuers that are required to file
                                                      available.                                              its previous fiscal year.
                                                         (2) Determination. Whether or not an                                                                        reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of
                                                      issuer is a smaller reporting company is                *       *    *     *     *                             the Exchange Act, the determination is
                                                      determined on an annual basis.                                                                                 based on whether the issuer came
                                                         (i) For issuers that are required to file            PART 230—GENERAL RULES AND                             within the definition of smaller
                                                      reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of                 REGULATIONS, SECURITIES ACT OF                         reporting company using the amounts
                                                      the Exchange Act, the determination is                  1933                                                   specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) or
                                                      based on whether the issuer came                        ■ 3. The authority citation for part 230               (f)(1)(iii) of Item 10 of Regulation S–K
                                                      within the definition of smaller                        continues to read in part as follows:                  (§ 229.10(f)(1)(i) or § 229.10(f)(1)(iii) of
                                                      reporting company, using the amounts                                                                           this chapter), as of the last business day
                                                                                                                Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77b, 77b note, 77c,
                                                      specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) or                                                                           of the second fiscal quarter of the
                                                                                                              77d, 77f, 77g, 77h, 77j, 77r, 77s, 77z–3, 77sss,
                                                      (f)(1)(iii) of this Item, as of the last                78c, 78d, 78j, 78l, 78m, 78n, 78o, 78o–7 note,         issuer’s previous fiscal year. An issuer
                                                      business day of the second fiscal quarter               78t, 78w, 78ll(d), 78mm, 80a–8, 80a–24, 80a–           in this category must reflect this
                                                      of the issuer’s previous fiscal year. An                28, 80a–29, 80a–30, and 80a–37, and Pub. L.            determination in the information it
                                                      issuer in this category must reflect this               112–106, sec. 201(a), sec. 401, 126 Stat. 313          provides in its quarterly report on Form
                                                      determination in the information it                     (2012), unless otherwise noted.                        10–Q for the first fiscal quarter of the
                                                      provides in its quarterly report on Form                *     *    *      *     *                              next year, indicating on the cover page
                                                      10–Q for the first fiscal quarter of the                ■ 4. Amend § 230.405 by revising the                   of that filing, and in subsequent filings
                                                      next year, indicating on the cover page                 definition of ‘‘smaller reporting                      for that fiscal year, whether or not it is
                                                      of that filing, and in subsequent filings               company’’ to read as follows:                          a smaller reporting company, except
                                                      for that fiscal year, whether or not it is                                                                     that, if a determination based on public
                                                      a smaller reporting company, except                     § 230.405    Definitions of terms.                     float indicates that the issuer is newly
                                                      that, if a determination based on public                *      *    *      *    *                              eligible to be a smaller reporting
                                                      float indicates that the issuer is newly                   Smaller reporting company. As used                  company, the issuer may choose to
                                                      eligible to be a smaller reporting                      in this part, the term smaller reporting               reflect this determination beginning
                                                      company, the issuer may choose to                       company means an issuer that is not an                 with its first quarterly report on Form
                                                      reflect this determination beginning                    investment company, an asset-backed                    10–Q following the determination,
                                                      with its first quarterly report on Form                 issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this               rather than waiting until the first fiscal
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      10–Q following the determination,                       chapter), or a majority-owned subsidiary               quarter of the next year.
                                                      rather than waiting until the first fiscal              of a parent that is not a smaller                         (ii) For determinations based on an
                                                      quarter of the next year.                               reporting company and that:                            initial Securities Act or Exchange Act
                                                         (ii) For determinations based on an                     (1) Had a public float of less than                 registration statement under paragraph
                                                      initial Securities Act or Exchange Act                  $250 million as of the last business day               (f)(1)(ii) of Item 10 of Regulation S–K
                                                      registration statement under paragraph                  of its most recently completed second                  (§ 229.10(f)(1)(ii) of this chapter), the
                                                      (f)(1)(ii) of this Item, the issuer must                fiscal quarter, computed by multiplying                issuer must reflect the determination in
                                                      reflect the determination in the                        the aggregate worldwide number of                      the information it provides in the
                                                      information it provides in the                          shares of its voting and non-voting                    registration statement and must


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00039   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1


                                                      43154                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 127 / Friday, July 1, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      appropriately indicate on the cover page                    The revision to read as follows:                   a smaller reporting company, except
                                                      of the filing, and subsequent filings for                                                                      that, if a determination based on public
                                                                                                              § 240.12b–2       Definitions.
                                                      the fiscal year in which the filing is                                                                         float indicates that the issuer is newly
                                                      made, whether or not it is a smaller                   **     *     *     *                                    eligible to be a smaller reporting
                                                      reporting company. The issuer must                 Smaller reporting company. As used
                                                                                                                                                                     company, the issuer may choose to
                                                      redetermine its status at the end of its        in this part, the term smaller reporting
                                                                                                                                                                     reflect this determination beginning
                                                      second fiscal quarter and then reflect          company means an issuer that is not an
                                                                                                      investment company, an asset-backed                            with its first quarterly report on Form
                                                      any change in status as provided in                                                                            10–Q following the determination,
                                                      paragraph (4)(i) of this definition. In the     issuer (as defined in § 229.1101 of this
                                                                                                      chapter), or a majority-owned subsidiary                       rather than waiting until the first fiscal
                                                      case of a determination based on an                                                                            quarter of the next year.
                                                      initial Securities Act registration             of a parent that is not a smaller
                                                      statement, an issuer that was not               reporting company and that:                                       (ii) For determinations based on an
                                                                                                         (1) Had a public float of less than                         initial Securities Act or Exchange Act
                                                      determined to be a smaller reporting
                                                                                                      $250 million as of the last business day                       registration statement under paragraph
                                                      company has the option to redetermine
                                                                                                      of its most recently completed second                          (f)(1)(ii) of Item 10 of Regulation S–K
                                                      its status at the conclusion of the
                                                                                                      fiscal quarter, computed by multiplying                        (§ 229.10(f)(1)(ii) of this chapter), the
                                                      offering covered by the registration
                                                                                                      the aggregate worldwide number of                              issuer must reflect the determination in
                                                      statement based on the actual offering
                                                                                                      shares of its voting and non-voting                            the information it provides in the
                                                      price and number of shares sold.
                                                         (iii) Once an issuer determines that it      common equity held by non-affiliates by                        registration statement and must
                                                      does not qualify for smaller reporting          the price at which the common equity
                                                                                                                                                                     appropriately indicate on the cover page
                                                      company status, it will remain                  was last sold, or the average of the bid
                                                                                                                                                                     of the filing, and subsequent filings for
                                                      unqualified unless it determines that its       and asked prices of common equity, in
                                                                                                      the principal market for the common                            the fiscal year in which the filing is
                                                      public float, as calculated in accordance                                                                      made, whether or not it is a smaller
                                                      with paragraph (1) of this definition,          equity; or
                                                                                                         (2) In the case of an initial registration                  reporting company. The issuer must
                                                      was less than $200 million as of the last                                                                      redetermine its status at the end of its
                                                                                                      statement under the Securities Act or
                                                      business day of its second fiscal quarter                                                                      second fiscal quarter and then reflect
                                                                                                      Exchange Act for shares of its common
                                                      or, if that calculation results in zero                                                                        any change in status as provided in
                                                                                                      equity, had a public float of less than
                                                      because the issuer had no public equity                                                                        paragraph (4)(i) of this definition. In the
                                                                                                      $250 million as of a date within 30 days
                                                      outstanding or no market price for its                                                                         case of a determination based on an
                                                                                                      of the date of the filing of the
                                                      equity existed, if the issuer had annual
                                                                                                      registration statement, computed by                            initial Securities Act registration
                                                      revenues of less than $80 million during
                                                                                                      multiplying the aggregate worldwide                            statement, an issuer that was not
                                                      its previous fiscal year.
                                                                                                      number of such shares held by non-                             determined to be a smaller reporting
                                                      *       *    *     *     *                      affiliates before the registration plus, in                    company has the option to redetermine
                                                                                                      the case of a Securities Act registration                      its status at the conclusion of the
                                                      PART 240—GENERAL RULES AND
                                                                                                      statement, the number of such shares                           offering covered by the registration
                                                      REGULATIONS, SECURITIES
                                                                                                      included in the registration statement by                      statement based on the actual offering
                                                      EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                                                                                      the estimated public offering price of                         price and number of shares sold.
                                                      ■ 5. The authority citation for part 240        the shares; or
                                                      continues to read in part as follows:              (3) In the case of an issuer whose                             (iii) Once an issuer determines that it
                                                                                                      public   float as calculated under                             does not qualify for smaller reporting
                                                         Authority: 15 U.S.C. 77c, 77d, 77g, 77j,                                                                    company status, it will remain
                                                      77s, 77z–2, 77z–3, 77eee, 77ggg, 77nnn,         paragraph (1) or (2) of this definition
                                                      77sss, 77ttt, 78c, 78c–3, 78c–5, 78d, 78e, 78f, was zero, had annual revenues of less                          unqualified unless it determines that its
                                                      78g, 78i, 78j, 78j–1, 78k, 78k–1, 78l, 78m,     than $100 million during the most                              public float, as calculated in accordance
                                                      78n, 78n–1, 78o, 78o–4, 78o–10, 78p, 78q,       recently completed fiscal year for which                       with paragraph (1) of this definition,
                                                      78q–1, 78s, 78u–5, 78w, 78x, 78dd, 78ll,        audited financial statements are                               was less than $200 million as of the last
                                                      78mm, 80a–20, 80a–23, 80a–29, 80a–37, 80b– available.                                                          business day of its second fiscal quarter
                                                      3, 80b–4, 80b–11, 7201 et seq., and 8302; 7        (4) Determination. Whether or not an                        or, if that calculation results in zero
                                                      U.S.C. 2(c)(2)(E); 12 U.S.C. 5221(e)(3); 18     issuer is a smaller reporting company is
                                                      U.S.C. 1350; and Pub. L. 111–203, 939A, 124
                                                                                                                                                                     because the issuer had no public equity
                                                      Stat. 1376 (2010), unless otherwise noted.
                                                                                                      determined on an annual basis.                                 outstanding or no market price for its
                                                                                                         (i) For issuers that are required to file                   equity existed, if the issuer had annual
                                                      *      *      *     *      *                    reports under section 13(a) or 15(d) of
                                                      ■ 6. Amend § 240.12b–2 by:                                                                                     revenues of less than $80 million during
                                                                                                      the Exchange Act, the determination is                         its previous fiscal year.
                                                      ■ a. Amending the definition of
                                                                                                      based on whether the issuer came
                                                      ‘‘accelerated filer and large accelerated       within the definition of smaller                               *       *     *     *    *
                                                      filer’’ as follows:                             reporting company using the amounts                              By the Commission.
                                                      ■ i. Adding the word ‘‘and’’ at the end
                                                                                                      specified in paragraphs (f)(1)(i) or                             Dated: June 27, 2016.
                                                      of paragraph (1)(ii);
                                                      ■ ii. Removing ‘‘; and’’ at the end of
                                                                                                      (f)(1)(iii) of Item 10 of Regulation S–K                       Brent J. Fields,
                                                      paragraph (1)(iii) and in its place adding (§ 229.10(f)(1)(i) or § 229.10(f)(1)(iii) of                        Secretary.
                                                                                                      this chapter), as of the last business day
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      a period;                                                                                                      [FR Doc. 2016–15674 Filed 6–30–16; 8:45 am]
                                                      ■ iii. Removing paragraph (1)(iv);              of the second fiscal quarter of the
                                                      ■ iv. Adding the word ‘‘and’’ at the end        issuer’s previous fiscal year. An issuer                       BILLING CODE 8011–01–P

                                                      of paragraph (2)(ii);                           in this category must reflect this
                                                      ■ v. Removing ‘‘; and’’ at the end of           determination in the information it
                                                      paragraph (2)(iii) and in its place adding provides in its quarterly report on Form
                                                      a period; and                                   10–Q for the first fiscal quarter of the
                                                      ■ vi. Removing paragraph (2)(iv); and           next year, indicating on the cover page
                                                      ■ b. Revising the definition of ‘‘smaller       of that filing, and in subsequent filings
                                                      reporting company.’’                            for that fiscal year, whether or not it is


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   17:43 Jun 30, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00040   Fmt 4702   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\01JYP1.SGM   01JYP1



Document Created: 2016-07-14 11:38:08
Document Modified: 2016-07-14 11:38:08
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionProposed rule.
DatesComments should be received on or before August 30, 2016.
ContactAmy Reischauer, Special Counsel, Office of Small Business Policy, Division of Corporation Finance, at (202) 551-3460, U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-3628.
FR Citation81 FR 43130 
RIN Number3235-AL90
CFR Citation17 CFR 229
17 CFR 230
17 CFR 240
CFR AssociatedReporting and Recordkeeping Requirements and Securities

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR